திராவிட மொழிகள் வேர்ச்சொல் அகராதி

கீழை இந்தோ-ஐரோப்பியத்தில் தமிழின் ’கமம்’

மோனியர்

 54.(A).Kāma:

  1. kam: (root)

kam, cl. I. Ā. (not used in the conjugational tenses) cakame, kamitā, kamishyate, b acakamata, Dhātup.xii, 10; to wish, desire, long for, RV. v, 36, I; x, 117, 2; AV. xix, 52, 3; ṠBr.; Ragh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with, ṠBr. xi; BhP.: Caus. Ā. (ep. also P.) kāmayate,-ti, kāmayāṃ-cakre,acīkamata,&c.; to wish, desire, long for (with acc. or inf. or pot., pāṇ iii, 3, 157; e.g. kāmaye bhuñjīta bhavān, I wish your worship may eat; kāmaye dātum, I wish to give, Kāṡ.), RV.; AV.; TS.; MBh. &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual intercourse with, RV. x, 124, 5; 125, 5; SBr.; MBh. &c.; to cause any one to love, Ṛitus. (in that sense, P.; Vop.); (with bahu or aty-artham) to rate or value highly, R.: Desid. cikamishate and cikāmayishate: Intens.caṃkamyate; [cf. Lat. comis; also amo, with the loss of the initial, for camo; câ -rus for cam-rus: Hib. caemh, love, desire; fine, handsome, pleasant;' caomhach, a friend, companion;' caomhaim, 'I save, spare, protect:' Armen. kamim.]

  1. Kamana:

Kamana, mf(ā)n. wishing for, desirous, libidinous, L.; beautiful, desirable, lovely, Bhp.; (as) m., N. of Kāma, L., of Brahmā, L.; Jonesia Asoka, L. -cchada, m. ‘having beautiful plumage,’ a heron, L.

  1. Kamanīya:

Kamanīya, mfn. to be desired or wished for, desirable, Kum. i, 37; lovely, pleasing, beautiful, Ṡak. 62b; Bhartṛ. &c. -tā, f., -tva, n. desirableness, loveliness, beauty.

  1. Kāma:

Kāma, as, m. (fr. √ 2. kam; once kāmá, VS. xx, 60), wish, desire, longing (kāmo me bhuñjīta bhavān, my wish is that you should eat, Pāṇ. iii, 3, 153), desire for, longing after (gen., dat., or loc.), love, affection, object of desire or of love or of pleasure, RV.; VS.; TS.; AV.; ṠBr.; MBh.; R. &c.; pleasure, enjoyment; love, especially sexual love or sensuality; Love or Desire personified, AV. ix; xii; xix (cf. RV. x, 1 29, 4); VS.; PārGṛ.; N. ofthe god of love, AV. iii. 25, I; MBh.; Lalit.; (represented as son of Dharma and husband of Rati [MBh. i, 2596 ff.; Hariv.; VP.]; or as a son of Brahmā, VP.; or sometimes of Saṃkalpa, BhP. vi, 6, lo; cf. kāma-deva); N. of Agni, SV. ii, 8, 2, 19, 3; AV.; TS.; KātyṠr.; SāṅkhṠr.; of Vishṇu, Gal.; of Baladeva (cf. kāma-pāla), L.; a stake in gambling, Nār. xvi, 9; a species of mango tree ( = mahā-rāja-cūta), L.; N. of a metre consisting of four lines of two long syllables each; a kind of bean, L.; a particular form of temple, Hcat.; N. of several men; (ā), f. 'wish, desire'(only instr. kāmayā, q.v.); N. of a daughter of Pṛithuṡravas and wife ofAyuta-nāyin, MBh. i, 3774; (am), n. object of desire, L.; semen virile, L.; N. ofa Tirtha, MBh. iii, 5047; (am), ind., see s. v.; (ena), ind. out of affection or love for; (āya or e), ind. according to desire, agreeably to the wishes of, out of love for (gen. or dat.), RV.; AV.; TS.; ṠBr.; ChUp.; (āt), ind. for one's own pleasure, of one's own free will, of one's own accord, willingly, intentionally, Mn.; R.; (kāmá), mfn. wishing, desiring, RV. ix, 113, II; (ifc.) desirous of, desiring, having a desire or intention; (cf. go-ko, dharma-ko ', frequently with inf. in tu, cf. tyaktu-ko.)

 Kākurava:

Kākurava, m. a dove, Gal.

 

kāti:

kāti, (kāma-), mfn. requesting the fulfilment of a wish, RV. viii, 92, 14.

 

kāma & kāmin:

kāma, & kāmin, mfn. 'wishing wishes,' having various desires or wishes, following the dictates of passion, TĀr. i, 31, I; MBh. iii, 11256; Bhag.

 

 

kāra:

kāra, mfn. fulfilling the desires of any one (gen.), R. vii, 63, 8; (as), m. the act of following one's own inclinations, spontaneous deed, voluntary action, acting of one's own free will, free will, Mn.; MBh.; R.; Bhag.; oraṃ  √kṛi, to act as one likes; oreṇa and orāt and ora-tas, ind. according to one's desires or inclinations, willingly, spontaneously, Mn.; MBh. &c.

kūṭa:

kūṭa, m. the paramour of a harlot, L.; wanton caresses, L.

 

kiṛipti:

kiṛipti, f. arranging to one’s liking, Vait.

 

keli:

keli, m. ‘ love-sport,’ amorous sport, sexual intercourse, L.; the Vidūshaka of the drama, L.; (mfn.) having amorous sport, wanton, L.; -rasa, m. a kind of aphrodisiac.

kṛīdā:

kṛīdā, f. amorous sport; N. ofa metre consisting of four lines of fifteen long  syllables each.

ga:

ga, mfn. going or coming of one's own accord; moving or acting as one pleases, MBh.; R.; following one's impulses, indulging one's passions, running after men or women, Yājñ. iii, 6 (of a woman = kulaṭā, Comm.); (as), m. one who comes accidentally or unexpectedly, casual visitor, one who travels about without any specific purpose, Nal. xviii, 23; (ā), f. a female Kokila, L.

gati:

gati, mfn. going or coming of one’s own accord, Ragh. Xiii, 76.

gavī:

gavī, f.= -dhenu.

gāmin:

gāmin, mfn. =-gati, L.

guṇa:

guṇa, m. 'quality of desire,' affection, passion; satiety, perfect enjoyment; an object of sense; (ās), m. pl. the objects of the five senses, sensual enjoyments, Lalit. 225, 4.

 oṃ-gāmin:

oṃ-gāmin, mfn. =-gati, L.

cara:

cara, mf (ī)n. moving freely, following one's own pleasure, unrestrained, MBh.; (ī), f., N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda, MBh. ix. 2641; -tva, n. the state of being free to move or act as one likes, Kathās.

caraṇá:

caraṇá, n. free or unchecked motion, ṠBr. Vi, 7, 3, 3.

cāra:

cāra, mf(ā)n. moving freely, following one's own pleasure, unrestrained, MBh.; (ás), m. free unrestrained motion, independent or spontaneous action; the following one's own desires, sensuality, selfishness, ṠBr.; ChUp.; Yājñ. ii, 162; Kathās.; Comm. on Pāṇ. i, 4, 96; Ragh.; -tas, ind. according to one's inclination, voluntarily, Mn. ii, 220; (eṇa), ind. at pleasure, at will, Comm. on TPrāt.; -vāda-bhaksha, mfn. following one's inclinations in behaviour and speech and eating, Gaut. ii, I.

cārin:

cārin, mfn. moving or acting at pleasure, acting unrestrainedly, MBh.; R.; Megh.; indulging the desires, behaving libidinously (para-strī-kāma-cārin, lusting after the wife of another), MBh. xiii, 2265; (as), m., N. of a Yaksha, Kathās.; a sparrow (caṭaka), L.; N. of Garuḍa, L.; (iṇī), f., N. of Dākshāyaṇī in mount Mandara, MatsyaP.; an Artemisia, Npr.; ori-tva, n. moving or acting at pleasure, Kād. ii, 130, 18; lewdness, KapS.

ja:

ja, mfn. produced or caused by passion or desire, arising from lust, Mn. vii, 46. 47. 50; begotten or born of desire or lust, Mn. ix, 107. 143. 147; (as), m. 'born of Kāma,’ N. of Aniruddha, W.; (ās), m. pl. =kāmagamās, VP.

jani:

jani, m. the Indian cuckoo, L.

jāna:

jāna, m. id., L.

jit:

jit, m. 'conquering desire,’ N. of Skanda, MBh.

jyeshṭha:

jyeshṭha, (kāma-), mfn. having the god Desire at the head, led by Kāma, AV. ix, 2, 8.

taru:

taru, m. the god of love considered as a tree (cf. -vṛiksha), Ṡak.; the plant Vanda  Roxburghii, Npr.

 

+

tas:

tas, ind. according to wish or affection, passionately, from passion or feeling (opposed to dharma-tas); of one's own accord, of one's own free will, willingly, intentionally, by consent, Mn.; Yajñ.; MBh.; R.; (cf. a-kāma-tas.)

 

tāla:

tāla, m. the Indian cuckoo (considered as an incentive to love), L.

da:

da, mf(ā)n. giving what is wished, granting desires, R.; Kathās. &c.; N. of the sun, MBh. iii, 154; of Skanda, MBh. iii, 14631; (ā), f. = -dhenu, R. i, 53, 20; betel-pepper, Npr.; the yellow Myrobalan, Npr.; a Sanseviera, Npr.; N. of one of the mothers in attendance on Skanda, MBh. ix, 2645; of a daughter of Ṡata-dhanvan; -tva, n. the granting desires.

daminī:

daminī, f. 'taming love,' N. of a libidinous woman, Pañcat.

darṡana:

darṡana, mfn. having the look of a charming person, looking lovely, Hariv.

dahana:

dahana, n. 'the burning up of the god of love by Ṡiva,' N. of a chapter of the LingaP.; a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month Phālguna.

dāna:

dāna, n. a gift to one's satisfaction, Hcat, i, 14, 7; a kind of ceremony among prostitutes, BhavP.

dugha:

dugha, mf(ā)n. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 70, Kāṡ.) 'milking desires,' yielding objects of desire like milk, yielding what one wishes, VS.; TS.; AV.; ṠBr.; MBh. & c.; Bālar.; (ā), f. = dhenu.

deva:

deva, m. the god of love (see kāma above; according to some, son of Sahishṇu and Yaṡo-dhara, VP.); N. of Vishṇu (as the god who creates, preserves, or destroys at will), Vishṇ. xcviii, 10; (cf. BhP. v, 18, 15); of Ṡiva, L.; of a poet; of a king of Jayantī-purī; N.of the author of the Prāyaṡcitta-paddhati; -tva, n. the being the god of love, Kathās.; -maya, mfn. representing the god of love, AgP.

dohanā:

dohanā, f. yielding milk easily, yielding desires, Hcat.

dháraṇa:

dháraṇa, n. the procuring of desires, fulfilment of desire, VS. iii, 2 7; xii, 46.

dharma:

dharma, m. amorous behaviour.

dhenu:

dhenu, f. the mythical cow of Vasishṭha which satisfies all desires, cow of plenty ( = Surabhī), Kathās.; BrahmavP.; N. of a goddess, BrahmaP.; N. of several works; -gaṇita, n., N. of a work; -tantra, n., N. of a work on the mystical signification of the letters ofthe alphabet.

nāṡaka:

nāṡaka, mfn.destroying irregular desires.subduing sensual appetite.

pati:

pati, m. the lord of desire.

pāla:

pāla, m. 'gratifier of human desires,' N. of Vishṇu, Vishṇ.; of Ṡiva, L.; of Baladeva, L.; of a man, Daṡ.

pīḍita:

pīḍita, mfn. tormented with lust or irregular desires.

prada:

prada, mfn. granting desires; (as), m. a king of coitus, L.

pri:

pri, m. one whose wishes are fulfilled [Sāy.; ' son of Kāma-pra,' N. of Marutta, BRD.], AitBr.viii, 21.

baddha:

baddha, mfn. bound by love; (am), n. a wood, W.

bāṇa:

bāṇa, m. an arrow of the god of love.

bindu:

bindu, m. 'wish-drop,' anything dropped into the fire to procure the fulfilment of a wish, drop of melted butter, BhP.

bhoga:

bhoga, ās m. pl. gratification of desires, sensual gratification, Nal.; R.; BhP.

máya:

máya, mf(ī)n. consisting of desire, ṠBr.; BṛArUp.;- answering all desires, R. iv, 33, 6.

mardana:

mardana, m. 'destroyer of the god of love,' N. of Siva, L.

maha:

maha, m. the festival of the god of love (on the day of full moon in the month Caitra or March-April), L.

 

mohita:

mohita, mfn. infatuated by desire or love or passion.

rasa:

rasa, m. enjoyment of sexual love, MBh.

rūpa:

rūpa, n. a shape assumed at will; (mfn.) assuming any shape at will, protean, MBh.; R.; Megh.; (as), m. a god, L.; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people and of their country (east of Bengal and in the west part of Assam), Ragh.; Kathās. &c.; -tīrtha, n., N. of a Tirtha; -dhara, mfn. assuming any shape at will, protean, MBh.;R.; -dhara-tva, n. the state of assuming any form at will, R.; -nibandha, m., N. of a work; -pati, m., N. of an author; -yātrā-paddhati, f., N. of a work; opôdbhavā, f. a kind of musk, Npr.

 

rūpin:

rūpin, mfn. assuming any shape at will, protean, ṠBr.; TUp.; MBh.; R.; Suṡr.; (as), m. a pole-cat, L.; a boar, L.; a Vidyā-dhara (a kind of subordinate deity), L.; (iṇī), f. the plant Physalis Flexuosa, L.

lola:

lola, mfn. overcome with desire or passion, W.

vat:

vat, (kāma-), mfn. being in love, enamoured, wanton, MBh.; R.; containing the word kāma, ṠBr.; (tī), f. a species of Curcuma (Curcuma Aromatica, dāru-haridrā); N. of a town.

vatsa:

vatsa, (kāma-), mf(ā)n. having the wish for a calf, having the wish in place of a calf, TBr. iii, 12, 3.

vara:

vara, m. a gift chosen at one's own liking or will, BhP.

varshin:

varshin, mfn. raining according to one’s wishes.

vallabha:

vallabha, m. 'love's favourite,' spring, W.; a species of mango tree, L.; the cinnamon tree; (ā), f. moonlight, L.

vaṡa:

vaṡa, m. subjection to love, MW.

vaṡya:

vaṡya, mfn. being in subjection to the god of love, enamoured, MBh.

vāsin:

vāsin, mfn. dwelling where one pleases, choosing or changing one's residence at will, Nal.

viddha:

viddha, mfn. wounded bythe god of love; (as), m., N. of a man, gaṇa kārtakaujapâdi;           (ās), m. pl, his descendants, ib.

vivarjita:

vivarjita, mfn. freed from all desires, Up.

vīrya:

vīrya, m. 'displaying heroism at will,' N. of Garuḍa, MBh. i, 1240; iii, 1 4360.

ṡara:

ṡara, m. ' love's shaft,' an arrow of the god of love, Pañcat.; the mango tree, L.; orônmādinī, f., N. of a Surâṅganā.

ṡalya:

ṡalya, (kāma-), mf(ā)n. having love for a shaft, AV. iii, 25, 2.

ṡāstra:

ṡāstra, n. a treatise on pleasure or sexual love, MBh.; =-sūtra, N. of several erotic works.

saṃyoga:

saṃyoga, m. attainment of desired objects, W.

sakha:

sakha, m. 'Kāma's friend,' spring,- L.; the month Caitra, L.; the mango tree, L.

sū:

sū, mfn. gratifying wishes, Ragh.; (ūs),f., N. of Rukmiṇi, L.

 

sūtra:

sūtra, n., N. of a treatise on sexual love by Vātsyāyana.

Kāmâkshī:

Kāmâkshī, f. a form of Durgā; N. of a district sacred to Durgā in Assam.

Kāmâgni:

Kāmâgni, m. the fire of love, passion, lust; -saṃdīpana, n. kindling the fire of lust,

Kāmâṅkuṡa:

Kāmâṅkuṡa, m. the pointed hook by which the god of love excites or inflames lovers; a finger nail (which plays an important part in erotic acts), L.; membrum virile, L.

Kāmâṅga:

Kāmâṅga, m. the mango tree, Magnifera indica, L.; (ā), f. a particular Ṡruti, L.

Kāmâtura:

Kāmâtura, mfn. love-sick, affected by love or desire; (as),m.,N.of a man, Pañcat.

 

Kāmâtman:

Kāmâtman, mfn. 'whose very essence is desire,' consisting of desire, indulging one's desires, given to lust, sensual, licentious, MBh.; Mn. vii, 27; desiring, wishing for, W.; otma-tā, f. passion, lust, Mn. ii, 2; R. ii, 21, 57.

Kāmâdhikāra:

Kāmâdhikāra, m. the influence of passion or desire, W.; that part of a Ṡāstra that relates to h@uman wishes or desires, W.

Kāmâdhishṭhita:

Kāmâdhishṭhita, mfn. influenced or dominated by love, W.

Kāmânala:

Kāmânala, m. the fire of love, passion, lust, W.

Kāmândha:

Kāmândha, mfn. blinded through love, blind with lust, Mn. vii, 27 (v. 1 .); Subh.; (as), m. ' blind from love,' the Indian cuckoo, L.; the falcon, L.; (ā), f. musk, L.

Kāmânnin:

Kāmânnin, mfn. having as much food as one likes, TUp. iii, 10, 5.

Kāmâyudha:

Kāmâyudha, m. a species of the mango tree, L.; (am), n. the weapon or arrow of the god of love; membrum virile, W.

Kāmâyus:

Kāmâyus, m. a vulture, L.; N. of Garuḍa, L.

Kāmâri:

Kāmâri, m. ' love's adversary,' N. of Siva, R. vii, 6, 31; Prasannar.; a mineral substance used in medicine, a sort of pyrites ( = viṭa-māshika), L.

Kāmârta:

Kāmârta, mfn. afflicted by love or passion, in love, W.

 

Kāmârthin:

Kāmârthin, mfn. desirous of pleasure or love, amorous, MW.; orthi-nagara, n., N. of a town.

Kāmâvacara:

Kāmâvacara, ās, m. pl. the spheres or worlds of desire (six in number, also called devaloka, q. v), Buddh.; the gods or inhabitants of the worlds of desire (\I.cāturmahārāja-kāyikās;2.trāyastrin\ṡās;. 3. tushitās; 4. yāmās; 5.nirmāṇa- ratayas; 6. Paranirmitavaṡa-vartinas), ib.

Kāmâvasāyin:

Kāmâvasāyin, mfn. suppressing desire, W.; oyitā, f., oyi-tva, n. the power of suppressing desire (one of the eight supernatural faculties of Ṡiva), L.; (cf. yatra-kāmo.)

Kāmâṡaná:

Kāmâṡaná, n. eating at will, unrestrained eating, ṠBr. vi.

Kāmâṡaya:

Kāmâṡrama:

Kāmâṡrama, m. the hermitage of the god of love, R, i 25, 75; -pada, n. id., ib.

Kāmâsakti:

Kāmâsakti, f. addiction to love, W.

Kāmêṡvará:

Kāmêṡvará, m.,N.of Kubera, TĀr.; (ī), f., N. of a goddess; (am), n., N. of a Tīrtha, SkandaP.; -tīrtha, n., N. ofa Tīrtha; -modaka, m. or n. a kind of plant with aphrodisiac properties.

Kāmêshṭa:

Kāmêshṭa, m. ‘desired by Kāma,’ the mango tree, Npr.

Kāmôdaka:

Kāmôdaka, n. a voluntary oblation of water to deceased friends &c.

(exclusive of those for whom it is obligatory), PārGṛ. iii, 10; Yājñ. iii, 4.

Kāmôpahata:

Kāmôpahata, mfn. overcome with passion or desire, W.; -cittâṅga, mfn. one whose mind and body are overcome with love, W.

 

  1. Kāmana:

Kāmana, mfn. lustful, sensual, lascivious, L. [cf. O. Pers. kamana, ' loving, true, faithful ']; (ā), f. wish, desire, L.; the plant Vanda Roxburghii, Npr.

 

  1. Kāmanīyaka:

Kāmanīyaka, n. loveliness, beauty, Naish.

 

  1. Kāmam:

Kāmam, ind. (acc. of kāma, gaṇa svarâdi, not in Kāṡ.) according to wish or desire, according to inclination, agreeably to desire, at will, freely, willingly, RV.; TS.; AitBr.; ṠBr.; ChUp.; MBh.; R. &c.; with pleasure, readily, gladly, MBh. iii, 298; Ragh.; (as a particle of assent) well, very well, granted, admitted that, indeed, really, surely, MBh. iii, 17195; R.v,24,4; Ṡak.; Bhartṛ.; well and good, in any case, at any rate, MBh. iii, 310, 19 R. iv, 9, 105; v, 53, 1 1; Ṡak.; Dhūrtas.; (with na, ' in no case,' R. iii, 56, 1 7); granted that, in spite of that, notwithstanding, R. iv, 16, 50; Pan$cat. &c.; though, although, supposing that (usually with Impv.), R. vi, 95, 49 & 56; Ragh. ii, 43; Sāntiṡ. (kāmaṃ -na or na tu or na ca, rather than, e. g kāmam ā maraṇāt tishṭhed gṛihe kanyā -na enām prayacchet tu guṇa-hīnāya, 'rather should a girl stay at home till her death, than that he should give her to one void of excellent qualities, Mn. ix, 89; the negative sentence with na or na tu or na ca may also precede, or its place ma) be taken by an interrogative sentence, e.g. kāmaṃ nayatu māṃ devah kim ardhenâtmano hi me, ' rather let the god take me, what is the use to me of half my existence?' BhP. vii, 2, 54; kāmaṃtu or kiṃ tu or ca or punar or athâpi or tathâpi, well, indeed, surely, truly, granted, though however, notwithstanding, nevertheless, e. g. kāmaṃ tvayā parityaktā gamishyāmi -imaṃ tu bālaṃ saṃtyaktuṃ nârhasi, 'granted that forsaken by thee I shall go this child however thou must not forsake,' MBh. i, 3059; or the disjunctive particles may be left out, R.; Ragh. ii, 43; Ṡāntiṡ.; yady-api kāmaṃ tathâpi, though nevertheless, Prab.)

 

 

  1. Kāmayā:

Kāmayā, ind. (instr. of kāmā, q. v.) only used with brūhi or pra-brūhi (e.g. kāmayā me brūhi deva kas tvam, ' for love of me, say, O god, whothou art,' MBh.)

 

  1. Kāmayāna:

Kāmayāna, mfn. (irreg. pr. p., Caus. √kam) desiring, lusting after, MBh.; BhP. x, 47, 17.

 

  1. Kāmayitri:

Kāmayitri, mfn. libidinous, lustful, desirous, L.

 

  1. Kāmala:

Kāmala, mfn. libidinous, lustful, L.; (as), m. the spring, L.; dry and sterile soil, desert, L.; (as, ā), m. f. a form of jaundice, Suṡr.; Hcat.; excessive secretion or obstruction of bile, W.; (ā), f., N. of an Apsaras, L.; (ī), f., N. of a daughter of Reṇu (also called Reṇukā), Hariv. 1453.

 

  1. Kāmi(1)

Kāmi, is, m. a lustful or libidinous man, L.; (is), f., N. of a Rati (wife of Kāma), L.

 

  1. Kāmi: (2)

Kāmi, (in comp. for kāmin). -jana, m. a lover. -tā, f. or -tva, n. the state of a lover, love, desire.  -maha, m. = kāma-maha, L. -vallabha, m. Ardea sibirica, L.

 

  1. Kāmika:

Kāmika, mfn. desired, wished for, MBh. xiii, 6025; satisfying desires, MBh. iii, 13860; (ifc.) relating to or connected with a desire or wish; (as), m. a wild duck (kāraṇdava), L.; N. of an author of Mantras; (ā), f. a mystical N. of the letter t; (am), n., N. of a work, Hcat.

 

  1. Kāmita:

Kāmita, mfn. wished, desired; (am), n. a wish, desire, longing, MBh. i, 58, 22; Kir. x, 44.

 

  1. Kāmin:

Kāmín, mfn. desirous, longing after (acc. or in comp.); loving, fond, impassioned, wanton; amorous, enamoured, in love with (acc. or with saha or sârdham), RV.; AV.; SāṅkhṠr.; MBh.; R.; Ṡak.&c.; (ī),m. a lover,gallant, anxious husband; the ruddy goose (cakra-vāka), L.; a pigeon, L.; Ardea Sibirica, L.; a sparrow, L.; N. of Siva, L.; (inī), f. a loving or affectionate woman, Mn. viii, 112; R.; Megh.; Hariv.; Ragh. &c.; a timid woman, L.; a woman in general, L.; a form of Devi, Hcat.; the plant Vanda Roxburghii, L.; the plant Curcuma aromatica, L.; a spirituous liquor, L.

 

  1. Kāmuka:

Kāmuka, mf(ā)n. wishing for, desiring, longing after (in comp.), R.; BhP.; loving, enamoured or  in love with (acc.), TS. vi; (f. ī), desirous, lustful Pāṇ. iv, I, 42; (as), m. a lover, gallant, R.; Ragh xix, 33 &c.; (with gen.) Vārtt. on Pāṇ. ii, 3, 69 a sparrow, L.; the plant Jonesia Aṡoka, L.; the creeping plant Gaertnera racemosa, L.; a bow (v. 1 for kārmuka), W.; a kind of pigeon, L.; N. of an author of Mantras; (ā), f., N. of Dākshyāyaṇī in Gandha-mādana; a woman desirous of wealth &c. W.; (ī), f. a lustful woman, cf. Pāṇ. iv, I, 42 and Vop. iv, 26; a kind of crane, L. -kāntā, f. the plant Gaertnera racemosa, L. -tva, n. desire, Megh.; Comm. on Mṛicch.

 

  1. Kāmukāya:

Kāmukāya, Nom. Ā. oyate, 'to act the part of a lover,' p. oyita, n. the actions or behaviour of a lover Kathās. civ, 89.

 

  1. Kāmya: (1).

Kāmya, Nom. P. oyati, to have a desire for (only ifc., e.g. putra-kāmyati, to have a desire for children), Pāṇ. iii, I, 9; Comm. on Pāṇ. viii, 3, 38 & 39; Vop. xxi, I; Sāntiṡ.; Bhaṭṭ. ix, 59.

 

  1. Kāmya: (2).

Kāmya, mf(ā)n. desirable, beautiful, amiable, lovely, agreeable, RV.; VS.; R. ii, 25, 9; v, 43, 13; Ragh. vi, 30; Ṡāntis. ii, 7; Bhartṛ. iii, 40; to one's liking, agreeable to one's wish, KātyṠr. iv, 5, I; ṠāṅkhṠr. iii, II, 5; AṡvGṛ. iv, 7; optional (opposed to nitya or indispensable observance), performed through the desire of some object or personal advantage (as a religious ceremony &c.), done from desire of benefit or from interested motives, KātyṠr. xii, 6, 15; ĀṡvṠr. ii, IO; ĀṡvGṛ. iii, 6; Kauṡ. 5; ChUp. v, 2, 9; Mn. ii, 2; MBh. &c.; (ā), f., N. of an Apsasas, MBh. i, 4820; Hariv.; of several women, VP. -karman, n. any act or ceremony done from interested or selfish motives. -gir, f. a pleasing sound, agreeable speech. -tā, f. loveliness, beauty, MBh. -tva, n. the state of being done from desire or from interested motives, selfishness, Jaim. v, 3, 34. -dāna, n. a desirable gift; voluntary gift. -maraṇa, n. voluntary death, suicide, W. -vrata, n. a voluntary vow. Kāmyâbhiprāya, m. self-interested motive or purpose. Kāmyâshṭamī, f. a particular eighth day, Hcat. Kāmyêshṭi, f., N. of a work; -tantra, n. id.

 

  1. Kāmyā:

Kāmyā, f. wish, desire, longing for or striving after (gen. or in comp., e. g. putra-kāmyayā, through desire for a son, R. i, 13, 36; Ragh. i, 35); will, purpose, intention (e.g. yat-kāmyā, irreg. instr. 'with which intention,' ṠBr. iii, 9, 3, 4), Mn.; MBh.; R.; Ragh. &c.; [cf. Zd. Khshathro$-kāmya, ‘wish for dominion.']

anna

-kāma (ánna-), mm. desirous of food, RV. x, 1 17, 3.

 

Ātma,

-kāma (ātmá-), mf(ā)n. loving one's self, possessed of self-conceit, R. ii, 70, 10; loving the supreme spirit, ṠBr. xiv (BṛĀrUp.)

-kāmeya, ās, m. pl., N. of a people, (gaṇa rājanyâdi, q. v.); oyaka, mfn. inhabited by the Ātmakāmeyas, ib. 

 

kṛitá,

-kāma, mf(ā)n. one whose desire is attained, satisfied, R.

 

Kshiprá,

-kāma, mfn. one who wishes to obtain anything speedily, Sāmav-Br.

 

Kshéma,

-kāma (kshéma-), mfn. longing for rest, RV. x, 94, 12.

 

Gaṇa,

-kāma, mfn. desirous of a body of attendants, ṠāṅkhGṛ. ii, 2, 13.

 

gárbha,

-kāma, mf(ā)n. desirous of impregnation, PārGṛ.

 

 

gó,

-kāma (gó-), mfn. desirous of cattle, RV. x, 108, 10; ṠBr. xi, xiv.

-kāmyā, f. desire for cows, Mṛicch. iii, 13/19.

 

grāma,

-kāma (grāma-), mfn. one who wishes to posess a village. TS. ii; Kauṡ.; KātyṠr.; desirous of villages, fond of living in villages, ĀṡvGṛ. iv; ṠāṅkhGṛ.

 

Cakshush,

-kāma (cáksho)\ mfn. wishing for the faculty of seeing, TS. ii. ṭás, ind. away from the eye, ṠBr. xii.

 

jātá,

-kāma, mfn. fallen in love. -kopa, mfn. enraged.

 

Jīvātu,

-kāmyā, f. desire for life, Mṛicch. x, 40.

 

Téjas,

 -kāma, (téjo), mfn. longing for manly strength or vital power, Mn. iv, 44; desiring influence or authority or dignity, TS. ii; Ait-Br. i; TāṇḍyaBr.; ṠāṅkhṠr.; ĀṡvGṛ.

tóya,

-kāma, m. ‘fond of water,’ Calamus fasciculatus, L.

Tyaktu-kāma, mfn. wishing to leave.

 

54.(B). Kshi:

  1. Kshi: (root)

Kshi, kshi, cl. 2. 6. P. kshéti, kshiyáti (3. du\. kshitás, 3. pl. kshiyanti; Subj. 2. kshayat, 2. sg. ksháyas, 3. du. kshayatas, I. pl. ksháyāma; pr. p. kshiyát; aor. Subj. ksheshat; fut. p. ksheshyát), to abide, stay, dwell, reside (used especially of an undisturbed or secret residence), R.V.; to remain, be quiet, AV.; ṠBr.; to inhabit, TBr. iii; to go, move (kshiyati), Naigh. ii, 14; Dhātup.: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. Kshayáyā; Subj. Kshep\ayat) to make a person live quietly, RV. iii, 46, 2 & v, 9, 7; [cf. Gk. ƙγíζω.]

 

  1. Ksháya:

Ksháya, mfn. dwelling, residing, RV. iii, 2, 1 3; viii, 64, 4; (as), m. an abode, dwelling-place,

seat, house (cf. uru- & su-ksháya, rátha-, divikshayá), RV.; VS. v,38; TS.; Pāṇ.; MBh.; R.;

BhP.; the house of Yama (cf. yama-ksho, vaivasvata- ksho); abode in Yama's dominion, Comm. on R. (ed. Bomb.) ii, 109, 1 1; (=  kshiti) family, race, R.V. i, 123, i. -taru, m. the plant Bignonia suaveolens, L.

 

  1. Kshayaṇá:

Kshayaṇá, mfn. habitable [? (as), m. ' a place with tranquil water,' Comm.], VS. xvi, 43; (ksháyaṇa) TS. iv; (ksheṇá) MaitrS.; (as), m. a bay, harbour, Comm. on RPrāt.; (am), n. a  dwellingplace, Nir. vi, 6.

 

  1. Kshi:

 Kshi, is, f. abode, L.; going, moving, L.

 

  1. Kshit:

 Kshit, mfn. ifc. 'dwelling, inhabitant of (in comp.),' see acyuta-, apsu-, ā-, upa-,giri-, divi-,

dhruva-, pari-, bandhu-, vraja- & sa-kshit; antariksha-,Prithivī-, loka-, sindhu-.

 

  1. Kshiti:

 Kshiti, is, f. an abode, dwelling, habitation, house (cf. also uru- & su-kshiti, dhruvá -), RV.;

(Naigh. i, I ) the earth, soil of the earth, Mn.; MBh.; R. &c.; the number '

one,' Bījag.; (áyas), f. settlements, colonies, races of men, nations (of which

five are named; cf. kṛishṭi), RV.; (said of the families of the gods) iii, 20, 4; estates, Rājat. v, 109; (cf. uru- & su-kshiti, dhārayát-, dhruvá -, bhava-, raṇa-, samara-.)

 

kaṇa:

 kaṇa, m. a particle of earth, dust, L.

 

kampa:

kampa, m. an earthquake, MBh. vii, 7867; R. vi, 30, 30; VarBṛS. v, xxi, xxxii.

 

kshit:

kshit, m. 'ruler of the earth,' a prince, king. Ṡiṡ. xiii, 4.

 

kshoda:

kshoda, m. a particle of earth, dust. Kād.

ja:

ja, mfn. earth-born, produced of or in the earth, Sus@^r.; (as), m. a tree, MBh. iii, 10248; R. vi, 76, 2; a kind of snail or earth-worm (bhū-nāga), L.; 'earth-son,' N. of the planet Mars, VarBṛ.; Gaṇit.; of the demon Naraka, W.; (ā), f., N. of Sītā (the wife of Rāma;, W.; (am), n.the horizon, Aryabh.; Sūryas.; -tva, n. the state of the horizon, Gol.

tanaya:

tanaya, m. ( = -ja) N. of the planet Mars, Var-BṛS.; (ā), f.' daughter of the earth,' N. of Sitā, Bālar.; -dina, n. Tuesday, VarBṛS.; -divasa-vāra, m. id., ib.

tala:

tala, n. the surface of the earth, ground, Pañcat.; Bhartṛ. iii, 5; olâpsaras, f. an Apsaras who walks or lives on the earth, Kathās. xvii, 34.

trāṇa:

trāṇa, n. protection of the earth (one of the duties of the Kshatriya caste), Vishṇ.

+

dhara:

dhara, m. 'earth-supporter,’ a mountain, Kum. vii, 94; Bhartṛ.

 

dhārin:

dhārin, mfn. carrying soil or earth, Yājñ. ii, 152; Gīt.

 

nātha:

nātha, m. ' lord of the earth,' a king, L. 

pa:

pa, m. ‘earth-protector,' a king, Suṡr.; Pañcat.; Sak.; Ragh.

pratishṭha:

pratishṭha, mfn. dwelling or abiding on the earth, W.

 

bhṛit:

bhṛit, m. ' earth-supporter,' a mountain, Vikr.; Ṛitus.; Kir.; a king, Bhartṛ. (v. 1. -bhuj); -tā, f. the state of a king, reign, Naish. vi, 94.

ruh:

ruh, m. 'growing from the earth,' a tree, Bhartṛ.; Prab.

lava-bhuj:

lava-bhuj, m. ' po^ssessing only a small tract of the earth,' a petty prince, Bhartṛ. iii, 100.

vṛitti-mat:

vṛitti-mat, mfn.'of a behaviour similar to that of the earth,' patient like the earth, BhP. i v,  16, 7 .

spṛiṡ:

spṛiṡ, m. an inhabitant of the earth, Ragh. viii, 80.  

Kshitîndra:

Kshitîndra, m. ' lord of the earth,' a king, Vcar.

Kshitîṡvara:

Kshitîṡvara, m. ' lord of the earth,' a king, Ragh. iii, 3; xi, I; BhP. iii, 13, 9.

 

  1. Kshity:

Kshity, (by Sandhi for kshiti). -aditi f. 'the Aditi of the earth, N. of Devakī (mother of Kṛishṇa), L. -adhipa, m. ' lord ofthe earth,' a king, VarBṛ. xi, I . -utkara, m. a heap of mould, ii, 12.

 

  1. urú:

urú, mf(vī)n. (√vṛi; √ūrṇu Uṇ. i,32) wide, broad, spacious, extended, great, large, much,  excessive, excellent, RV.; AV.; MBh.;

ksháya:

ksháya, (urù-kshaya, AV.), mfn. occupying spacious dwellings, RV. i, 2, 9 (said of  Varuṇa); AV. vii, 77, 3 (said of the Maruts); as), m. a spacious dwelling, wide habitation, RV. x, 118, 8; N.of a king,VP.

kshiti:

  kshiti, f. spacious dwelling or habitation, RV. vii, loo, 4; ix, 84, I.

 

  1. rátha:

rátha, m. (√4. ṛi) 'goer,' a chariot, car, esp. a two-wheeled war-chariot (lighter and swifter than the anas, q. v.)

kshaya:

 kshaya, (rátha-), mfn. sitting in a ch0, RV.

 

  1. Diví:

 Diví, loc. of. dív heaven  in comp.

 

+

kshaya:

kshaya, mfn. heaven-dwelling, VāyuP.

 

ks$hit:

 ks$hit, mfn. id., RV. x, 92, 12; ChUp. ii, 24, 14.

 

  1. á- cyuta:

á- cyuta, or a-cyutá. mfn. not fallen; firm, solid; imperishable, permanent; not leaking or dripping; (as), m., N. of Vishṇu; of Kṛishṇa; of a physician; the plant Morinda Tinctoria; N. of a gift to Agni, ṠBr.

kshit:

kshit, m. 'having solid ground,' N. of Soma,VS.

 

  1. apsú:

  apsú, (loc. pl. of. áp water, q.v.), in the water or waters.

kshit:

kshit, mfn. dwelling within the clouds, in the region between heaven and earth, RV. i, 139, II.

 

  1. Ā-√2 kshi:

 Ā-√2 kshi, cl. 2. -ksheti (3. pl. -kshiyánti and impf. ākshiyan; Pot. I. pl. -kshiyema)

to abide, dwell in (acc.), inhabit, RV.; AV.; -ksheti, to possess, take possession of (acc.), RV. : cl. 6. -kshiyáti, to exist, AV. x, 5, 45.

 

  1. Ā- kshit:

 Ā- kshit, mfn. dwelling, RV. iii, 55, 5; (cf. ánākshit.)

 

  1. upa-√2 kshi:

upa-√2 kshi, P. -ksheti (RV.; 3. pl. -kshiyanti, AV. iv, 30, 4; RV.; Pot. |I . pl. -kshayema, AV. xix, 15, 4) to stay or dwell near or, at, abide, dwell on (lit. and fig.), RV.; AV.

 

  1. upa-kshit:

 upa-kshit, mfn. dwelling near; clinging to, adhering, RV. viii, 19, 33.

 

  1. dhruvá:

dhruvá, mf(ā)n . (prob. fr. √dhṛi, but cf. √dhru & dhruv) fixed, firm, immovable, unchangeable, constant, lasting, permanent, eternal, RV. &c, &c. (e.g. the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a vow &c. )

kshit:

kshit, mfn. resting firmly, VS.

 

kshiti:

kshiti, (ová-\ mfn. having a firm position or abode, VS.; BhP.; m. a partic. personification, TĀr.

kshema:

kshema, (ová-), mfn. firmly fixed, immovable, RV.

 

  1. Pari-√2kshi:

 Pari-√2kshi, P.-ksheti, to dwell around (with acc.), AitBr. vi, 32. okshi, m., v.l. for next, VP. okshit, mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.), RV.; AV.; AitBr.; m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya), MBh.; Hariv.; of a son of Kuru and father of another Jano, Hariv.; of a son of A-vikshit and brother of Jano, MBh.; of a king of A-yodhyā, ib. okshita, w. r. for pari-cita or -kshit.

 

  1. Bándhu:

 Bándhu, m.connection, relation, association, RV.

kshit:

 kshit, mfn. dwelling among relations, RV.

 

  1. Vrajá:

Vrajá,  m. (n. only RV. v, 6, 7; ifc. f. ā; fr. √vṛij) a fold, stall, cow-pen, cattle-shed, enclosure or station of herdsmen, RV. c. &c.; m. N. of the district around Agra and Mathurā (the abode of Nanda, of Kṛishṇa's foster-father, and scene of Krishna's juvenile adventures; commonly called Braj; cf. vṛiji), Inscr.; a herd, flock, swarm, troop, host, multitude, MBh.; Kāv. &c. (saṃgrāmah@ savrajah@, 'a fight with many," MarkP.; vrajo girimayah@, prob. =giri-vraja, q.v , Hariv.); a cloud ( = megha),Naigh.i, lo; N.of a son of Havir-dhāna, Hariv.; VP.

 

kshit:

kshit, mfn, remaining in a (heavenly) station i. e. in the clouds, VS.

 

  1. Sa:

 Sa, ind. (connected with saha, sam, sama, and occasionally in BhP. Standing for saha, with instr.) an inseparable prefix expressing 'junction,' 'conjunction,' 'possession' (as opp. to a priv.), 'similarity,' ' equality ‘; and when compounded with nouns to form adjectives and adverbs it may be translated by ' with,''together or along with,'' accompanied

 

kshit:

kshit, mfn. dwelling or lying together or side by side, RV.

 

 

  1. antáriksha:

antáriksha, am, n. the intermediate space between heaven and earth; (in the Veda) the middle of the three spheres or regions of life; the atmosphere or sky; the air; talc.

kshit:

kshit, mfn. dwelling in the atmosphere, ChUp.

 

  1. án-ākshit:

 án-ākshit, mfn . not residing or resting, ṠBr.

 

  1. Kshétra:

 Kshétra, am, n. (√2. kshi) landed property, land, soil (kshétrasya páti, 'lord of the soil," N. of a kind of tutelary deity, RV.; AV. ii, 8, 5; also kshétrasya pátnī, 'mistress of the soil,' & kshétrāṇām páti, ,.' the lord of the soil,' N. of tutelary deities, AV. ii, 12, I; VS. xvi, 18); 'soil of merit, ‘a Buddha or any holy person, Divyâv.; a field (e. g. otraṃ √kṛi, ' to cultivate a field,' Mn.;Yājñ. ii, 158; cf. sasya-ksho), RV. &c.; place, region, country, RV.; AV. Iii, 28, 3; TS. vii; Ṡu Ṡr.;Megh.; Vet.; a house, L.; a town, L.; department, sphere of acṭion, MBh.xiv, 126; R. &c.; place of origin, place where anything is found, Yogas. ii, 4; Suṡr.; BhP. viii, 12, 33; a sacred spotor district, place of pilgrimage (as Benares &c.; often ifc.), BrahmaP.; an enclosed plot of ground, portion of space, superficies (e.g. sv-alpa-ksho, of a small circuit, Yājñ. ii, 156); (in geom.) a plane figure (as a triangle, circle, &c.) enclosed by lines, any figure considered as having geometrical diṃensions, Gol.; a diagram,W.; a planetary orbit, Gaṇit.; a zodiacal sign, Sūryas.; an astrological mansion, VarBṛS.; VarBṛ. i, xi; (in chiromancy) certain portions marked out on the palm,VarBṛS. Ixviii , I; ' fertile soil," the fertile womb, wife, Mn.; Yājñ. ii, 127; MBh.; R.; Ṡak.; BhP.; the body (considered as the field of the indwelling soul), Yājñ. iii, 178; Bhag. xiii, I & 2; Kum. vi, 77; (in Sāṃkhya phil.) a-vyakta (q. v.), Tattvas.; (ī), f. only dat. otriyai for otriyāt (AV. ii, 10, I), TBr. ii, 5, 6, I; [cf. á-ksho, anya & kuru-kshetrá, karma-ksho, deva-ksho, dharma-ksho, raṇa-ksho,siddha-ksho, su-ksho, surêṡvari-ksho; cf. also Goth, haithi,  Them, haithjo; Germ, Heide.] -kara, mfn. cultivating a field, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 21; (as), m. a husbandman,  ib. -karkaṭī, f. a kind of gourd, L. karman, n. ' soil-cultivation,' in comp. orma-kṛit, m. a husbandman, Kathās. xx, II. -karshaka, m. soil-plougher, husbandman, Gaut. xvii, 6. -gaṇita, n. ' calculating plane figures,’ geometry. -gata, mfn. 'relating to plane figures,' geometrical; otôpapatti, f. a geometrical proof. -cirbhiṭā, f. a kind of gourd, L. -ja, mfn. produced in a field (as corn &c.), L.; (as), m. (scil. putra) 'born from the womb,' a son who is the offspring of thewife by a kinsman or person duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband (this is one of the twelve kinds of issue allowed by the old Hindu law), Baudh.; Gaut.; Mn. ix, 159 ff.; Yājñ. i, 68 & 69; ii, 1 28; (ā), f., N. of several plants ( = ṡvetakaṇṭakārī, ṡaṡâṇḍulī, go-mūtrikā, ṡilpikā, caṇikā), L. -jāta, mfn. begotten on a wife by another, Yājñ. ii, 128. -jeshá, m. contest for landed property, acquisition of land, RV. i, 33, 15. -jñá, mfn. knowing localities, TBr. iii; AitBr.; TāṇḍyaBr.; ṠBr. xiii; ChUp.; familiar with the cultivation of the soil (as a husbandman), L.; clever, dexterous, skilful (with gen.), MBh. i, 3653; cunning, L.; (as), m. 'knowing the body,' i.e. the soul, the conscious principle in the corporeal frame, ṠvetUp.; Mn.viii, 96; xii, 12 & 14; Yājñ.; MBh.; Hariv. 11297, &c.; a form of Bhairava (or Ṡiva); N. of a prince, BhP. xii, 1, 4 (vv. 11. Kshatrâujas & kshemârcis); (ā), f. a girl fifteen years old who personates the goddess Durgā at a festival of this deity. ṃ-jayá, mfn. conquering landed property, Maitr. ii, 2, 1 i. -tattva, n. a part of the work Smṛiti-tattva. -tara (kshétra-), n. any place or country very fit for being cultivated, ṠBr. i. -tā, f. the state of being a seat or residence, seat, place of residence, Kathās. iii, 3. -da, m. a form of Bhairava, L. -dūtikā, f. Solatnum diffusum, Bhpr. - dūtī, f. id., L. – devatā, f. ' the deity of the fields,' N. of a serpent, Pañcat. -dharman, m., N. of a prince, VP. -pa, m. a deity protecting the fields, Pañcad.; = -da, L. pati, m. (g. aṡva-patyādi) the owner of a field, landowner, landlord, farmer, Hit.; = kshétrasya páti (see s.v. kshétra), Kāṭh, xxiv, IO. -pada, n. a place sacred to a deity (gen.), BhP. ix, 4, 20. -parpaṭa, m. Oldenlandia biflora or another species, L.; (ī) , f. id. , L. -pāla, m. a man employed to guard fields, Pañcat.; MārkP. &c.; a tutelary deity (their number is given as 49, Prayog.), Pañcat. iii; AgP.; Pañcad.; N. of Ṡiva; -rasa, m. a kind of medicinal drug, L. -phala, n. (in geom.) the superficial contents of a figure, Gol.; KātyṠr., Sch. -bhakti, f^. the division of a field, Pāṇ. v, I, 46, Kāṡ. -bhūmi, f. cultivated land, W. -yamānikā, f., N. of a plant ( = vacā) , L. raksha, m. a man employed to guard fields from depredation, Pañcat. -rāṡi, m. quantity represented by geometrical figures. -ruhā, f. a kind of gourd, L. -liptā, f. a minute of the ecliptic; optī-karaṇa, n. reducing to minutes of the ecliptic. -vasudhā, f. cultivated land, R. iii, 4,17. -vid,mfn.( =-jñá) familiar with localities, RV. (also compar. -vit-tara, x,25,8);TS. v, 2,8,5; experienced, clever, skilful, Kum. iii, 50; knowing the body (as the soul), Tattvas.; (t), m. ' knowing the cultivation of fields,' a husbandman, W.; one who possesses spiritual knowledge, sage, W.; the soul, BhP. iv, 22, 37; (cf. á -ksho) -vyavahāra, m. ascertainment of the dimensions of a plane figure, Līl.; (in geom.) drawing a figure, W.; geometrical demonstration, W. -saṃhitā, f. any geometrical work like Euclid, W. -samāsa, m., N. of a Jaina work. -sambhava, m. , growing on the fields,' Abelmoschus esculentus, L.; Ricinus communis; (ā), f. a kind of gourd ( = ṡaṡâṇjḍuli), L. -sambhūta, m. ' growing on the fields,' a kind of grass, L. -sāti (kshétra-), f. acquisition of fields or land, RV.vii, 19, 3; (cf. i, 112, 22.) sādhas, m. one who divides the fields, who fixes the landmarks, RV. iii, 8, 7 & viii, 31, 14 (Nir. ii, 2).-sīmā, f. the boundary of a field or holy place, W. -stha, mfn. residing at a sacred place, W. -Kshetrân\ṡa, m. a degree of the ecliptic, Sūryas. -Kshetrâjīva, mfn. living by agriculture, L.; (as) m. a cultivator, L. Kshetrâdhidevatā, f. the tutelary deity of any consecrated ground, Prayog. Kshetrâdhipa m. id.; the regent of a sign of the zodiac. Kshetrâmalakī, f. ( = bhumy-āmo) Flacourtia cataphracta, L. Kshetrā-sā, mfn. gaining or procuring land, RV. iv, 38, 1. Kshetrêkshu., m. Andropogon bicolor (= yāvanāla^,\). Kshetrôpéksha, m., N. of a son of Sva-phalka, BhP. ix, 24, 15.

 

  1. Kshetrika:

 Kshetrika, mfn. relating to a field, having a field, agrarian, W.; (as), m. the owner of a field, Gaut.; Mn. viii, 241 ff.; ix, 53 f.; a farmer, cultivator, W.; a husband, Nār.; Mn. ix, 145.

 

  1. Kshetrin:

Kshetrin, mfn. owning a field, cultivating land, agricultural, W.; (ī), m. the owner of a field, Mn. ix, 51 f.; Yājñ. ii, 161; (cf. also a-ksho); an agriculturist, husbandman, L.; a husband, Mn. ix, 32; Ṡak. v; the soul, Bhag. xiii, 33; (iṇī), f. Rubia Munjista, L.

 

  1. Kshaítra:

Kshaítra, n . (fr. kshétra}, landed property,RV. viii, 71, 12; a multitude of fields, g. bhikshâdi.

 

  1. Kshaítrajitya:

  Kshaítrajitya, am, n. (fr. kshetra-jit), acquisition of land, victorious battle, VS. xxxiii, 60.

 

  1. Kshaitrapata:

Kshaitrapata, mf( ī, g. aṡva-paty-ādi)n. relating to the owner of a field (kshetra-pati), ĀpṠr.

 

Karma

-kshetra, n. the place or region of (religious) acts, BhP. v, 17, II; (cf. -bhūmi below.)

 

Gáṅgā,

-kshetra, n. 'the sacred district of the Gaṅgā, 'i. e. the river Ganges and two Kroṡas on either of the banks (all dying within such limits go to heaven whatever their crimes), W. 

 

Janma,

-kshetra, n. birthplace, Kathās.

 

tuhina,

-kshiti-bhṛit, m. = tushāra-giri, Alaṃkārav.

tushāra

+ -giri, m. ‘snow-mountain,’ the Himâlaya, MBh. xiii, 836.

 

 (C). Grāma:

  1. grāma:

grāma, m. an inhabited place, village, hamlet, RV. i, x; AV.; VS. &c.; the collective inhabitants of a place, community, race, RV. x, 146, I; AV. &c.; (any number of men associated together, multitude, troop (esp. of soldiers), RV. i, iii, x; AV. iv, 7, 5; ṠBr. vi, xii; the old women  of a family, PārGṛ. i, 9, 3, Sch.; ifc. (cf. Pāṇ. vi, 2, 84) a multitude, class, collection or number (in general), cf. indriya-, guṇa-, bhūta-, &c.;) a number of tones, scale, gamut, Pañcat.v, 43; MārkP. xxiii, 52; -indriya-, Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people, RV. ii, 12, 7; x, 127, 5; n. a village, R. ii, 57, 4; Hcat, i, 7, 721/722; [cf. arishṭa-, mahā-, ṡūra-, saṃ-; cf. Hib. gramaisg, 'the mob; gramasgar, 'a flock.']

 

kaṇṭaka:

kaṇṭaka, m. ‘ village-thorn,’ a boor (?), Jain.; Cāṇ.

kāma:

kāma, (grāma-), mfn. one who wishes to posess a village. TS. ii; Kauṡ.; KātyṠr.; desirous of villages, fond of living in villages, ĀṡvGṛ. iv; ṠāṅkhGṛ.

kukkuṭa:

kukkuṭa, m. a domestic cock, Mn. v, 12 & 19; Yājn$. i, 176.

 

+

kumāra:

kumāra, m. a village boy, g. manojñâdi.

 

+

kumārikā:

kumārikā, f. the state or life of a village boy, ib.

 

kulāla:

kulāla, m. a village potter, Pāṇ. vi, 2, 62, Kāṡ.

okulālikā:

okulālikā, f. the state or business of a village potter, g. manojñâdi (not in Kāṡ.)

kola:

kola, m. domestic pig, L.

kroḍa:

kroḍa, m. id., L.

ga:

ga, mfn. going to a village, W^.

gata:

gata, mfn. gone to a village, Pāṇ. ii, i, 24, Kāṡ.

gamin:

gamin, mfn. = -ga, ib., Vārtt. I, Pat.

gāmin:

gāmin, mfn. id., ib.

gṛihya:

gṛihya, mfn. ' adjoining the houses of a village,' being outside a village (an army), iii,

1, 119, Kāṡ.

gṛihyaka:

gṛihyaka, m. a village carpenter, Gal.

geya:

geya, n. 'to be sung in a village,' N. of one of the 4 hymn-books of the SV.; -gāna, n.

id.

go-duh:

 go-duh, -dhuk, m. a village herdsman, g.yuktârohy-ādi.

ghāta

 ghāta, m. plundering a village, Mn. ix, 274; VarBṛS.

ghātin:

 ghātin, mfn. plundering a village, MBh. xii, I2I3; m. a village slaughterer, Buddh.

caṭaka:

 caṭaka, m. a domestic sparrow, Gal.

cara:

cara, m. inhabitant of a village, husband man, Gal.

caryā:

caryā, f.'village custom,' sexual intercourse, AsvSr. xii,8.

caitya:

caitya, n.the sacred tree of a village, Megh. 24.

ja-nishpāvī:

ja-nishpāvī, f ' pulse grown in cultivated ground,' Phaseolus radiatus, L.

jā:

ja, f. 'growing in villages (i. e. in cultivated ground),' a kind of bean, Npr.

jāta:

jāta, mfn. village born, rustic, W.; grown in cultivated ground, Mn. vi, 16.

jāla:

jāla, n. a number of villages, district, L.

ojālin:

ojālin, m. the governor of a district, L.

ṇīthya:

ṇīthya, (grāma-), n. (fr. -nīthya) the station of the chief of a village or community, MaitrS.i,6,5; ṠBr.viii,6, 2,1.

taksha:

taksha, m. = -gṛihyaka, Pāṇ. v, 4, 95.

tas:

tas, ind. from a village, W.

tā:

tā, f. pl. (Pāṇ. iv, 2, 43) a multitude of village, AitBr.  iii, 44.

daṡêṡa:

daṡêṡa, m. the heaed of 10 village Mn. vii, 116.

devatā:

devata, f. the tutelar deity of a village, Cāṇ.; (RTL.p.209).

druma:

druma, m. a single tree in a village held sacred by the inhabitants, MBh.

dharā:

dharā, f. 'village-supporter,' N. of a rock, Rājat. i, 265.

dharma:

dharma, m. the  observances or customs of a village, ĀṡvGṛ. I, 7, 1.

nāpita:

nāpita, m. the village barber, Pāṇ. vi, 2, 62, Kāṡ.

nivāsin:

nivāsin, mfn. living in village (birds), Mn. v, II.

pati:

pati, m. the chiet of a village, Inscr. (10th century).

pāla:

pāla, m. a village guardian, MārkP. xix, 24.

purusha:

purusha, m. the chief of a village or town, VarBṛ. xviii, 9.

prêshya:

prêshya, m. the messenger or servant of a village or community, MBh. xii, 23,59; (prêshya grāmasya, Mn. iii, 153.)

mṛiga:

mṛiga, m. ‘village animal, a dog, L.

yuddha:

yuddha, n. a riot, village tumult, L.

rajaka:

rajaka, m. a village dyer, Buddh.

rathyā:

rathyā, f. a village street, Pāṇ. vi, 2, 62, Kāṡ.

lekhaka:

lekhaka, m. a village copyist, Buddh.

vat:

vat, mfn. furnished with villages, MBh. viii, 4570.

vāsa:

vāsa, m. living in a village, Pāṇ. vi, 3, 18, Kāṡ.

vāsin:

vāsin, mfn. (ib.) living in villages, tame, Yājñ. i, 172; MBh. vi, 166 ff.; m. =-vāstavya, Mn. vii, 118; Kathās. ixi, 39.

vāstavya:

vāstavya, m. the inhabitant of a village, villager, MBh. xii, 4803.

vṛiddha:

vṛiddha, m. an old villager, Megh. 30. -ṡata, n. 100 villages, province, Mn. vii, 114 (pl. = sg.); otâdhyaksha, m. the governor of a province, 119; otêṡa, m. id., 117.

 

saṃkara:

saṃkara, m. the common sewer or drain of a village, W^.

 

saṃgha:

saṃgha, m. a village corporation, municipality, W.

sad:

sad, mfn. abiding or residing in villages, MānGṛ.

sin\ha:

sin\ha, m. 'village-lion,' = mṛiga, BhP. iii, x.

sīmā:

sīmā, f. village boundary or village field, Kād.

stha:

stha, mfn.=-sad, W.; belonging to a village, rustic,W.; m. a village, W.

Grāmâgni:

Grāmâgni, m. ‘village fire,’ the common fire, PārGṛ. iii, 10, 12.

Grāmâdhāna:

Grāmâdhāna, n. a small village, L.

Grāmâdhikṛita:

Grāmâdhikṛita, m. superintendent or chief of a village, W.

Grāmâdhyayana:

Grāmâdhyayana, n. study in a village, ṠāṅlhGṛ. vi, 1, 8.

Grāmântá:

Grāmântá, m. the border of a village, ṠBr. xiii; PārGṛ. ii, II; (e), loc. ind. in the neighbourhood of a village, Mn. iv, 116; xi, 78.

Grāmântara:

Grāmântara, n. another village, W.

Grāmântika:

Grāmântika, n. the neighbourhood of a village, W.

Grāmântīya:

Grāmântīya, n. place near a village, Mn. viii, 240.

Grāmâraṇya:

Grāmâraṇya, n. a forest belonging to a village, ṠāṅkhGṛ. iv, 7; n. du. village and forest, Āp. i, II, 9.

Grāmêṡa:

Grāmêṡa, m. the head man of a village, W.

 

  1. Grāmaka:

Grāmaka, m. a small village, Hcar, viii, 3; a village, MBh. v, 1466; N. of a town, Buddh.; n. = oma-caryā, BhP. iv, 25, 52.

 

  1. Grāmaṭikā:

Grāmaṭikā, f. a miserable village, Prasannar. i, 32/33; iii, 12/13: Sāh. i, 2/3 ( = vii,4/5); iv, 11/12.

 

  1. Grāmaṇa:

Grāmaṇa, mf (ī) n. coming from Grāma ṇī, g. takshaṡilâdi.

 

  1. Grāmika:

Grāmika, m. rustic, W.; (in music) chromatic, W.; m. a villager, W.; = omêṡa, Mn. vii, 116 & 118; MBh. xii, 3264 ff.

 

 

  1. Grāmikya:

Grāmikya, n. the condition or life of a grāmika, g. purohitâdi.

 

  1. Grāmín:

Grāmín, mfn. surrounded by a village or community or race, TS. ii; pertaining to a village, rustic, W.; m. a villager, peasant (omināṃ rati = oma-caryā, BhP. iv, 29, 14); = omêṡa; (iṇī), f. (cf. oma-ṇī) the Indigo plant, L.

 

  1. Grāmīṇa:

Grāmīṇa, mfn. (Pāṇ. iv, 2, 94; 3, 25, Kāṡ.) produced in or peculiar to a village, W.; rustic, vulgar, rude, Bhpr.; ifc., see eka-; =grāmaih@ sambhṛita, L. (omīna); (in music) chromatic.W.; m. a villager, peasant, Kauṡ. 1 1; Bhartṛ. &c.; a dog, L.; = oma-kola, L.; a crow, L.; (ā), f.=omiṇi$, L.; =omya-vallabhā, L.

 

  1. Grāme:

Grāme, loc. of oma, q.v. -geya, mfn. to be sung in the village, SaṃhUp. iii, 7; (cf. oma-go. -cara, m. a villager, householder, BhP. xi, 1 2, 23. -vāsa, m.-= oma-vo, Pāṇ. vi, 3, 18, Kāṡ. -vāsin, mfn, = ma-vo, ib.

 

  1. Grāmeya:

Grāmeya, m. a villager, MBh. xii, 3264; (ā), f. a female villager, L.

 

  1. Grāmyá:

Grāmyá, mfn. (Pāṇ. iv, 2, 94) used or produced in a village, TS. v; AitBr. vii, 7, I; Kauṡ.; relating to villages, Mn. vii, 1 20; prepared in a village (aṡ food), ṠBr. ix, xii; Mn. vi, 3; living (in villages, i.e.) among men, domesticated, tame (an animal), cultivated (a plant; opposed to Vanya or araṇya, 'wild'), RV. x, 90, 8; AV.; VS. &c.; allowed in a village, relating to the sensual pleasures of a village, MBh. xii, 4069; R. iii f.; BhP. iv, vi; rustic, vulgar (speech), Vām. ii, 1, 4; (see -tā & -tva); relating to a musical scale, W.; m. a villager, Yājñ. ii, 166; MBh. xiii; BhP. &c.; a domesticated animal, see -mān\sa; = oma-kola, W.; n. rustic or homely speech, W.; the Prākṛit and the other dialects of India as contra-distinguished from the Sanskṛit.W.; food prepared in a village, MBh. i, 3637; KātyṠr. xxii, Sch.; sensual pleasure, sexual intercourse, MBh. ii, 2270; BhP. iv; (ā), f. = ominī, L.; = oma-ja-nishpāvī, L.

gaja:

gaja, m. a village-born or tame elephant MBh. iii, 65, 8.

 

tā:

tā, f. rustic or vulgar speech, Sāh.

 

tva:

tva, n. id., Sāh.; (a- neg., 'urbanity') Vām. iii, 2, 12.

dharma:

dharma, m. a villager's duty, Pañcat. i, 3, 21/22; ' a villager's right (opposed to the right of a recluse),' sexual intercourse, MBh. iii; Hariv. 1259; Suṡr.; BhP. iii; BrahmaP.

paṡu:

paṡu, m. a domestic animal, Pāṇ. i, 2, 73; (applied contemptuously to a man) BhP. vi, 15, 16.

buddhi:

buddhi, mfn. clownish, ignorant, W.

vādin:

vādin, m. a village bailiff, TS. ii, 3, I,3.

vārttā:

vārttā, f. local gossip, W.

sukha:

sukha, n. ' a villager's pleasure,' sleep, sexual intercourse, MBh. i, v; R. iv, vi; BhP. (grāmya sukha, ix, 18, 40).

Grāmyâṡva:

Grāmyâṡva, m. ‘village horse, ‘an ass, L.

 

  1. Mahā:

Mahā, in comp. for mahat (in RV. ii, 22, 1 and iii, 23; 49, 1 used for mahat as an independent word in ace. sg. mahām = mahāātam).

grāmá:

grāmá, m. a gro multitude, RV.; a gro village, Rājat.; N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon (said to be the Maáγρaμμoγ of Ptolemy and the modern Māgama), L.; pl. N. of a people, R.

 

  1. Jāmā:

Jāmā, f. a daughter, MBh. xiii, 2474.

 

  1. Jámātṛi, (jā-mo, ‘maker of [new] offspring,' Nir. vi, 9; cf. yāmo) a son-in-law, RV. viii, 2, 20 & (Tvashṭṛi's son-in-law =Vāyu) 26, 21 f.; Yājñ. i, 220; MBh. &c. (acc. sg. otāram, R.; pl. otaras, Kathās.); a brother-in-law, R. vii, 24, 30 & 34; a husband, L.; Scindapsus officinalis, L. -tva, n. the relationship of a son-in-law, Pañcat. i.

 

  1. Jāmí, related like brother and sister, (f. with [RV. i, iii, ix] or without svásṛi) a sister, (rarely m.) a brother, RV. ('sisters,’ = fingers; '7 Sisters’ = 7 acts of devotion in Soma worship, ix, 66, 8; cf. saptá-); AV.; related (in general), belonging or peculiar to, customary, usual, (m.) a relative, RV.; (cf. jāṃ-dhitá, s. v. ); f. a female relative of the head of a family, esp. the daughter-in-law, Mn. iii, 57f.; MBh. xiii, xv; BhP. iv, 28, 16; a sister (?), Yājñ. i, 157; a virtuous woman, L.; N. of a goddess, TBr. i, 7, 2, 6; (cf. o); n. the relation of brother and sister, consanguinity, RV. iii, 54, 9; x, I0, 4; (in Gr. and in liturgy) uniformity, repetition, tautology, TS.; TBr.; ṠBr.; AitBr.; Lāṭy.; Nir.; water, Naigh. i, 12 (v.l. omi-vat); cf. á-, ví-,. saptá-, samāvaj-, su-, sóma-; deva-jāmí; [cf. Lat. geminus.] -krí@t, mfn. creating relationship, AV. iv, 19, 1. -tvá, n. consanguinity, RV. i, 105, 9 & 166, 13; x, 55, 4 & 64, 13}, -vát, ind. like a sister or Brother, 23, 7; n. for jāmí, q. v. -ṡan\sá, m. curse pronounced by a relative, AV. ii, 10, i ff.; ix, 4, 15.

 

  1. Jāmī, =omi, a daughter-in-law, MBh. xii, 8868; N. of an Apsaras, Hariv. iii, 69, 16; for yāmo, q. v. Jāmeya, m. a sister's son, L.

 

  1. jāmā:

       jāmā, f. a daughter, MBh. xiii, 2474.

 

  1. Jāmātṛi:

Jāmātṛi, m. (jā-mo, 'makter of [new] offspring,' Nir. vi, 9; cf. yāmo & ví-jāmo) a son-in-law, RV. viii, 2, 20 & (Tvashṭri's son-in-law = Vāyu) 26, 21 f.; Yājñ. i, 220; MBh. &c. (acc. sg. otāram, R.; pl. otaras, Kathās.); a brother-in-law, R. vii, 24, 30 & 34; a husband, L.; Scindapsus officinalis, L. -tva, n. the relationship of a son-in-law, Pañcat. i.

 

  1. Jāmí:

Jāmí, mfn. related like brother and sister, (f. with [RV. i, iii, ix] or without svásṛī)    a sister, (rarely m.) a brother, RV. (osisters,’ = fingers; ‘7 Sisters’ = 7 acts of devotion in  Soma worship, ix, 66, 8; cf. saptá-); AV.; related (in general), belonging or peculiar to, customary, usual, (m.) a relative, RV.; (cf. jāṃ-dhitá, s. v. jā); f. a female relative of the head of a family, esp. the daughter-in-law, Mn. iii, 57f.; MBh. xiii, xv; BhP. iv, 28, 16; a sister (?), Yājñ. i, 157; a virtuous woman, L.; N. of a goddess, TBr. i, 7, 2, 6; (cf. omī); n. the relation of brother and sister, consanguinity, RV. iii, 54, 9; x, 10, 4; (in Gr. and in liturgy) uniformity, repetition, tautology, TS.; TBr.; ṠBr.; AitBr.; Lāṭy.; Nir.; water, Naigh. i, 12 (v.l. omi-vat); cf. á-, ví-, saptá-, samāvaj-, su-, sóma-; deva-jāmí; [cf. Lat.  geminus.] -kṛít, mfn. creating relationship, AV. iv, 19, I -tvá, n. consanguinity, RV. i, 105, 9 & 166, 13; x, 55, 4 & 64, 13. -vát, ind. like a sister or brother, 23, 7; n. for jāmí, q. v. -ṡan\sá, m. curse pronounced by a relative, AV. ii, 10, I ff.; ix, 4, 15.

 

  1. Jāmī:

Jāmī, f. =omi, a daughter-in-law, MBh. xii, 8868; N. of an Apsaras, Hariv. iii, 69, 16; for yāmo, q. v. Jāmeya, m. a sister's son, L.  

 

éka,

-grāma, m. the same village gaṇa gahâdi, Pāṇ. iv, 2, 138; SāmavBr.

-grāmīṇa, mfn. inhabiting the same village, ṠāṅkhGṛ. ii, 16, 5; Mn. iii, 103.

-ogrāmīya mfn .id., Pāṇ.  

 

ku,

-grāma, m. a petty village (without a Rajā, an Agnihotrin, a physician, a rich man, or a river).

 

Gaṇḍa,

-grāma, m. any large village, L.

 

gola,

-grāma, m., N. of a village (situated on the Godāvarī).

 

Catùr,

-grāma, 'containing 4 villages, 'N. of a country.

(grāma):

  1. grāma:

grāma, hamlet, RV. i, x; AV.; VS. &c.; the collective inhabitants of a place, community, race, RV. x, 146, I; AV. &c.; any number of men associated together, multitude, troop (esp. of soldiers), RV. i, iii, x ; AV. iv, 7, 5 ; ṠBr. vi, xii ; the old women of a family, PārGṛ. i, 9, 3, Sch. ; ifc. (cf. Pāṇ. vi, 2, 84) a multitude, class, collection or number (in general), cf. indriya-, guṇa-, bhūta-, &c. ; a number of tones, scale, gamut, Pañcat. v, 43; MārkP. xxiii, 52; -indriya-, Jain.; m. pl. inhabitants, people, RV. ii, 12, 7; x, 127, 5;

 

+

ghoshín:

ghoshín, mfn. sounding among men or armies (as a drum), AV. v, 20, 9.

 

+

jít:

jít, mfn. conquering troops, RV. v, 54, 8; AV.

 

+

ṇī:

ṇī, m. (fr. -nī, Pāṇ. viii, 4, 14, Siddh. ; vi, 4, 82 ; gen. pl. -ṇyām or Ved. -ṇīnām, vii, I, 56; 3, 116, Sch., not in Kāṡ.; i, n.' leading, chief,' vii, I, 74, Kāṡ) the leader or chief of a village or community, lord of the manor, squire, leader of a troop or army, chief, superintendent, RV. x, 62, 1 1 & 107, 5 ; VS.; AV. &c. ; (mfn., see before -ni, n.) chief, pre-eminent, W. ; a village barber (chief person of a village), L. ; a groom (bhogika), L.; a Yaksha, VP. ii, 10, 2 f. ; BhP. v, 21, 18; N. ofa Gandharva chief, R. iv, 41, 61; of a demon causing diseases, Hariv. 9556; of one of Siva's attendants, L.; of a locality, g. takshaṡilâdi ; f. a female peasant or villager, L. ; a harlot, L.; (for omiṇī) the Indigo plant, L. ; -tva, n. the condition or office of a chief or leader, MBh. xii, 4861; -putra, m. the son of a harlot, W. ; -sava, m., N. of an Ekâha rite, ṠāṅkhṠr. xiv, 22, 3.

 

+

ṇīthya:

ṇīthya, (grāma-), n. (fr. -nīthya) the station of the chief of a village or community, MaitrS. i,6,5; ṠBr.viii,6, 2,1.

 

+

yājaka:

yājaka, mfn. offering sacrifices or conducting the  ceremonies for every member of a community including unworthy persons (doing it out of avarice), Gaut. xv, 16 ; MBh. iii, 13355 & xii, 2874.

 

yājin:

yājin, mfn. id, Mn. iv, 205; Sāy. on AitBr. I, 16, 40.

 

  1. Grāmīyaka:

Grāmīyaka, m. the member of a community Mn. viii, 254.

 

  1. Indriyá:

Indriyá, bodily power, power of the senses ; virile power, AV. ; VS. ; ṠBr. ; semen virile, VS. ; KātyṠr. ; MBh. &c. ; faculty of sense, sense, organ of sense, AV. ; Suṡr. ;  Mn. ; Ragh. ; Kir. &c. ; the number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception, buddhîdriyāṇi or jñānêndriyqāni, i. e. eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindūs enumerate five organs of action, karmêndriyāṇi, i. e. larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of generation ; between these ten organs and the soul or ātman stands manas or mind, considered as an eleventh organ ; in the Vedānta, manas, buddhi, ahaṃkāra, and citta form the four inner or internal organs, antar-indriyāṇi, so that according to this reckoning the organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by its own ruler or niyantri;  thus, the eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the nose by the two Aṡvins, the tongue by Pracetas, the skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by Indra, the foot by Vishṇu, the anus by Mitra, the parts of generation by Prajāpati, manas by the Moon, buddhi by Brahman, ahaṃkāra by Ṡiva, citta by Vishnu as Acyuta ; in the Nyāya philosophy each organ is connected with its own peculiar  element, the nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear with Ether; the Jainas divide the whole creation into five sections, according to the number of organs attributed to each being.)

 

+

grāma:

grāma, m. the assemblage of the organs, the senses or organs of sense collectively, Vedāntas. 232 ; Mn. ; MBh.

 

  1. káraṇa:

káraṇa, an organ of sense or of speech, vprāt.; pārGṛ.

 

+

grāma:

grāma, m. the senses collectively, L.

 

  1. guṇá:

guṇá, a quality, peculiarity, attribute or property, Lāṭy,; ṠāṅkhGṛ.; Mn. iii. ix, &c.; good quality, virtue, merit, excellence, Mn.; MBh. &c.;

 

+

grāma:

grāma, m. an assemblage of virtues or merits, Bhartṛ. Iii, 23; Gīt. ii, 10.

 

  1. Bhūtá:

Bhūtá, mf(ā)n. become, been, gone, past (n. the past), RV. &c. &c. ; actually happened, true, real (n. an actual occurrence, fact, matter of fact, reality), Yājñ. ; R. &c. ; existing, present, Kaṇ. ; (ifc.) being  or being like anything, consisting of, mixed or joined with, Prāt. ; Up.; Mn. &c. that which is or exists, any living being (divine, human, animal, and even vegetable), the world (in these senses also m.), RV. &c. &c. ; a spirit (good or evil),

 

+

grāma:

grāma, m. =-gaṇa (in both meanings), -gaṇa,m. the host of living beings, MaitrUp. ; a multitude of spirits or ghosts, R. ; Kathās.; oṇâdhipa, m. N. of Nandin (q.v.),

Kathās.  MBh.; Pur.; a multitude of plants, L.; any aggregate or elementary matter, the body, W.

 

  1. A’-rishṭa:

A’-rishṭa, mf(ā)n. unhurt, RV. &c.; proof against injury or damage, RV. ; secure, safe, RV. ; boding misfortune (as birds of ill-omen, &c.), Adbh- Br. ; Hariv. ; fatal, disastrous (as a house), R. ii, 42, 22 ;

 

+

grāma:

grāma, (árishta-), mfn. (said of the Maruts) whose troop is unbroken, i.e. complete in number, RV. i, 166, 6.

 

  1. Mahā:

Mahā, in comp. for mahat (in RV. ii, 22, I and iii, 23 ; 49, I used for mahat as an independent word in acc. sg. mahām = mahāntam).

 

+

grāmá:

grāmá, m. a gro multitude, RV. ; Rājat. ; N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon (said to be the Maáγρaμμoυ of Ptolemy and the modern Māgama), L. ; pl. N. of a people, R.

 

  1. Ṡūra:

Ṡūra, mfn. (prob. ft. √I .ṡū = ṡvi and connected with ṡavas, ṡuna, ṡūna) strong, powerful, valiant, heroic, brave (cf. -tama and -tara), RV.; MBh.; m. a strong or mighty or valiant man, warrior, champion, hero, one who acts heroically towards any one (loc.) or with regard to anything.

 

+

grāma:

grāma, (ṡūra-), mfn. having a multitude of ho s, RV.

 

daṡa (2)

+ -grāma, g. 1. kumudâdi & kāṡy-ādi; (ī), f. 10 villages, Yājn. ii, 272; MBh. xii, 87, 3; -pati, m. a chief of 10 villages, Mn. vii, 115.

-grāmin, m. = oma-pati, W.

 

 

தருநர் அகராதி (R. L Turner)

  1. ka$ma

3042 kā́ma m. 'wish, love, sexual love' RV. [√kam]
Pa. Pk. kāma- m.; Aś. kāmaṁ 'optionally'; Si. kama 'desire, lust'. — Gy. eur. kam 'wish', kam- 'to wish, love' ← Pers. kām.
kāmín-.

3045 kāmín, f. °nī- 'loving' RV. [kā́ma-: √kam]
Pa. kāminī- f.; Pk. kāmiṇī- f. 'beloved, wife', OAw. kāṁvinī.

3048 kā́mya 'desirable' RV., °yā- f. 'name of an Apsaras' MBh. 2. *kāmiya-, cf. kāmika- 'desired' MBh. (sanskritized from kāmia- ?). [√kam]

  1. Pa. kammatā- f. 'wish'; Si. kamā'woman' < *kamwith metric. addition of -ā?
    2. Pk. kāmia- 'desired'.

3735 kṣḗtra n. 'land' RV. [√kṣi¹]
Pa. khetta- n. 'field', NiDoc. kṣetra, Pk. khetta-, khit°chetta-, chit°khēa- n., Kal. c̣hetr, Kho. c̣hétur, obl. °tro, Phal. c̣hītru m., Sh. c̣ec̣ m. (→ Ḍ. c̣ēc̣); S. kheṭru f. 'field', P. khetarkhet m. f. (→ S. khetu f.), kgr. khetru m., bhaṭ. khettar (→ WPah. cam. khettar), WPah. bhad. bhal. ċheṭḷ n., N. B. khet, Or. kheta, Bi. Mth. Bhoj. Aw. lakh. H. Marw. khet m., G. khetarkhet n., M. śet n., Ko. śeta n.; Si. keta 'field, house'.
kṣētrin-, kṣētriyá-; dhānyakṣētra-.

3736 kṣētrin-, °ika- m. 'owner of a field' Mn. [kṣḗtra-]
Pk. khetti-, khittia- m.; A. khetiyak 'agriculturist'; M. śetī m. 'owner of a field', khetī m. 'peasant'.

3737 kṣētriyá n. 'meadow grass', pl. 'environs of a place' AV. [kṣḗtra-]
Pk. khettia-, khit° 'pertaining to fields'; L. awāṇ. khētrī 'crop'; P. khetī f. 'agriculture' (→ K. khītⁱ f.); Ku. N. A. kheti 'crops'; H. G. khetī f. 'agriculture' (→ M. khetī f.); M. śetī f. 'crops'.

6780 dhānyakṣētra n. 'corn- or rice-field' MW. [dhānyà-, kṣḗtra-]
Bi. dhankhet°tī 'rice-land'.

1021 *ākṣaya 'dwelling place'. [ā́kṣēti 'dwells' RV.: √kṣi¹]
S. ākheṛo m. 'a bird's nest'.

1031 ā́kṣēti 'abides, dwells in' RV., ākṣiyáti 'exists' AV., ākṣyáti 'is to be found, is' AV x 5, 45. [Full discussion with lit. BSOS viii 793 ff.: √kṣi¹]
Aś. shah. akṣaṁti 'are'; NiDoc. ac̄h'ati 'is'; Pk. paiś. akkhaï 'continues to be, is' A. Master BSOAS xii 666; K. chus 'I am' (< ā́kṣitō 'smi), ram. pog. ḍoḍ. chu 'is'; WPah. bhal. (in which both kṣ and cch > ċċhnεċċhi 'is not' (~ āhe 'is' prob. < ā́satē); OMth. akhalu 'was'; Bhoj. khe 'is', naikhe 'is not', nagpuriā nakhī 'am not', madhesī naïkhī˜; B. (Cākmā dial.) āge 'is' < *ākheēl 'was' < *ākhil; — X MIA. hōtihuati (< bhávati): NiDoc. hac̄h'ati, Pk. mg. hokkhaï, Bi. Bhoj. hokhe 'becomes', mag. emph. forms hakai, 3rd pl. hakhin.
Pa. acchati 'sits still, remains, behaves, is'; Pk. (most commonly in mh. and amg.) acchaï 'sits, remains, is', pp. acchiya-; Bhīlī of Naikaḍī āchi 'is'; OG. achaï 'is', G. chε; M. asṇẽ 'to remain, stay, exist, be'; Ko. āssūka 'to be'.
Extension into language areas where kṣ and cch are distinguished; Gy. SEeur. ačháv 'I remain', eur. - 'to stay, live, stand', Ḍ. čha 'is'; Dm. čop 'thou art' (< *acchiō tvam?), Paš. chil. - pret.; Garh. Ku. N. cha 'is' (in N. with sense of 'exists' as opposed to substantive verb ho < bhávati); A. āsiba 'to exist, be'; B. āchi 'is', Or. achi; OMth āchaï, Mth. achab (X old akh-: Monghyr dial. chikai 'he is'); OAw. āchaï 'is'; H. āchnāach° 'to remain, exist, be'; OMarw. chai 'exists, lives, is'; — X - in Gy. pal. hṓčer 'is in the state of'.
In most of the areas invaded by acch-, ākh- remained in the form āh-, ah-, h- (e.g. OB. ahaï, B. ae, OH. āhaï, H. hai) with -h- < -kh- in the unemphatic verb, whereas -kh- remained in the emphatic positive and negative: Bi. mag. hai 'is' ~ emph. hakai, Manbhum dial. āhē 'is' ~ nēkhē 'is not'; and Or. achi 'is' ~ nuhi 'is not', 3rd pl. nāhānti. In S. and L. too āh- is prob. < ākh-: for in these languages, which distinguish the MIA. conjugations in -a- and -ē-, the present tense points to *ākhē-: S. ā̃hĭ̄ni 'they are', L. āhin (like cārĭ̄ni < Pk. cāreṁti ~ carani < caraṁti).

3648 kṣatrá n. 'might, rule' RV. [√kṣi¹]
Pa. khatta- n. in cmpds. 'rule, authority'; A. khāt 'estate administered at a distance', khātā 'account book'; B. khātā 'plot of agricultural land, party, account book'; Or. Bi. H. khātā m. 'account book' (→ Ku. N. L. khātā m., S. khāto m., P. khāttā m.); G. khātũ n. 'administrative department, subject, account, account book', M. khātẽ n.
kṣatríya-, kṣātra-; akṣatra-, niḥkṣatra-.

KṢI¹ 'dwell': kṣḗtra-, kṣētrin-, kṣētriyá-; *ākṣaya-, ā́kṣēti; — kṣatrá-.

4368 grā́ma m. 'troop, village' RV., °aka- m. MBh.
Pa. gāma-, °aka- m. 'village', Aś. gāma-, KharI. grama, Dhp. gama, NiDoc. grame pl.; Pk. gāma- m. 'collection, village'; Gy. eur. gav m. 'village, town'; Ash. glam 'village', Kt. gŕom, Pr. gəm, Dm. gram, Paš. dar. lām, kuṛ. lāma, chil. lōm, ar. δlōmlōm (not dialects in which it would collide with lām < kárman- IIFL iii 3, 109), Niṅg. Shum. lām, Woṭ. gām m., Gaw. lām, Kal. grom, Kho. gram (in cmpds. and place names), Bshk. lām, Tor. gām, Mai. gā̃, Gau. gaõ, Sv. grām, Phal. grōm, Sh. girōm 'cowpen' (earlier → Bur. girΛm 'clan, village' Morgenstierne in Lorimer BurLg I, xxii), dr. gām 'village', gur. gāõ (← Ind. ~ kui < kuṭī-); K. gām m. 'village', S. gā̃u m., L. girā̃ m., P. grā̃girā̃°rāũ m., WPah. bhad. ḍḷā̃, bhiḍ. bhal. ḍḷaũ n., paṅ. cam. grā̃; cur. girā̃ 'field'; rudh. gyεũ 'village', khaś. grão, Ku. gaũ, gng. gɔ̃, N. A. gāũ, B. Or. gā̃, Bi. gā̃w, Mth. gā̃ogām, Bhoj. Aw. lakh. H. gā̃u m., Marw. gā̃v, G. gām n., M. gā̃vgāv m.n., Ko. gā̃vu m., Si. gama; — ext. -ṭa-: Sk. grāmaṭikā- f. 'wretched village', Pk. gāmaḍa- m., G. gāmṛũ n. 'small village'.
grāmín-; *agrāmin-, agrāmya-, *nirgrāmika-, saṁgrāmá-; grāmakūṭa-, grāmaṇī́-, *grāmadāra-, *grāmadhāna-, grāmavāsin-, grāmastha-, grāmāntá-, *grāmārdha-; *gōgrāma-, *nigamagrāma-, *paragrāma-, *pāṇḍavagrāma-, *pālagrāma-, mātr̥grāma-.

4369 grāmakūṭa-, °aka- m. 'chief of a village (of Śūdra caste)' lex. [grā́ma-, kūṭa- ⁴]
Pa. gāmakūṭa- m. 'sycophant'; Pk. gāmaūḍa-, °aüḍa- m. 'village headman'; M. gāvḍā m. 'a village official'

4370 grāmaṇī́ m. 'leader of a troop' RV. [grā́ma-, √nī]
Pa. gāmaṇī-, °ṇika- m. 'village headman', Pk. gāmaṇĭ̄- m., Si. gämuṇu nom. prop. GS 20.

4371 *grāmadāra 'village boy'. [grā́ma-, dāra-]
Pa. gāmadāraka- m.; Pk. gāmāra-, gavāra- 'living in a small village, rustic, fool'; K. gammār m. 'insolent ignorant fool' (emph. lengthening of -m-); P. gãvārgav° m. 'rustic'; N. gamār 'rustic, uncouth'; A. gõwār 'obstinate'; B. goyā̃r 'stubborn and ignorant', Or. gamārguā̃ra; Mth. gamār 'rustic'; Bhoj. Aw.lakh. H. gãwār m. 'villager'; G. gamārgum°gavār 'boorish', M. gãvār.

4372 *grāmadhāna 'site of a village'. [grā́ma-, dhā́na-]
Pk. gāmahaṇa-, gāmaṇaha- n. 'site of a village' Deśīn.; H. gauhān m. 'village made over to anyone as a permanent settlement'.

4373 grāmastha 'belonging to a village' W.
G. gāmṭhī 'rustic', M. gāvṭhā.

4374 grāmavāsin 'living in a village' Yājñ. [grā́ma-, vāsín-]
    Pa. gāmavāsin- m. 'villager', Si. gamväsiyā.

4375 grāmāntá m. 'border of a village' ŚBr., 2. grā- māntīya- n. 'place near a village' Mn., °tika- n. [grā́ma-, ánta-]
    1. Pa. gāmanta- in cmpd. 'neighbourhood of a village'.
    2. Pk. gāmaṁtiya- 'living on the edge of a village', n. 'border of a village'; L. khet. gā̃vā̃dī 'neighbour'; Or. gaãtiāgaüntiā 'village headman'.

4376 *grāmārdha 'vicinity of village'. 2. *grāmārdhin- 'neighbour'. [grā́ma-, árdha-¹]
    1. Pk. gāmaddha- m.n. 'part of a village'; L. gavā̃ḍh°vāḍh m. 'neighbourhood', P. gavā̃ḍh; Bhoj. goyãṛā 'vicinity of a village'; M. gā̃vdhẽ n. 'hamlet, business in another village'.
    2. L. gavā̃ḍhī°āḍhī m., °ḍhiṇ f. 'neighbour', P. gavā̃ḍhī m., °dhaṇ f.

4377 grāmín 'surrounded by a village' TS., m. 'villager' BhP., °ika- m. [grā́ma-]
    Pa. gāmika- m. 'governor of a village'; Pk. gāmia- m. 'village headman, villager'; K. gömī adj. 'of a village'; L. awāṇ. girāī˜ 'villager', P. garāyā̃ m.; A. gayā̃ 'fellowvillager'; B. gā̃igā̃iyāgẽye 'belonging to a village'; G. gāmī m. 'owner of a village'; Si. gämiyā 'villager'.
    agrāmin-.

90 *agrāmin 'not rustic'. [grāmín-]
Si. agämi 'urbane'.

91 agrāmya 'not rustic' MW. [grāmyá-]
Si. agam.

7313 *nirgrāmika 'without a village'. [grā́ma-]
B. nigā̃i 'without a village home'.

7159 *nigamagrāma 'market village'. [nigamá-, grā́ma-]
Si. niyamgama 'large village'.

7797 *paragrāma 'another village'. [pára-, grā́ma-]
G. pargām n. 'another village, foreign parts', pargāmī 'foreign, outside'.

8049 *pāṇḍavagrāma 'village of the Pāṇḍavas'. [pāṇ- ḍava-, grā́ma-]
Dm. Panagram 'name of the principal village in the Damel valley' NTS xii 116, 128.

8127 *pālagrāma 'herdsmen's village'. [pālá-, grā́ma-]
K. Pālgrām m. 'name of a village in the Liddur Valley'.

5198 jā́mātr̥ m. 'daughter's husband' RV. 2. *jāmātra-, °aka-.
    1. Pa. jāmātar-, °ta- m., NiDoc. jamata nom. sg., Pk. jāmāu-, °uya- m., Ash. zamā́; Wg. zamā́ 'daughter's or sister's husband', Kt. zəmǻ, Pr. imī́ (collides with imī́ < jāmí-); Dm. zâmā́ 'daughter's husband', Paš.lauṛ. ǰāmā́i, weg. ǰāmā, kuṛ. zōmṓ, uzb. ǰāmaye-m (< *jāmātē mē nom. sg. of st. *jāmāta-, cf. Semnani dial. of Pers. zə̄må < *zāmātak), gul. ǰāmā 'daughter's or sister's husband'; Shum. zā́mäye 'daughter's husband', Kal. rumb. ǰhamṓu, obl. °ōlas, urt. ǰhamɔ́r, Kho. ǰamár, P. javāī m. (→ L. javāī m. ~ javātrā below), ludh. jamā́ī, WPah. bhal. j̈əmoi m., Ku. jawaĩ, gng. j̈awε῀, N. juwā̃ijaw°, A. zõwāī, B. jā̃wāijāmāi, Or. juā̃ījoĩjaï˜; Bi. jãwāy 'husband (so called by wife)'; Mth. jamāī 'daughter's husband', H. jawā̃ījãwāījamāījawāī m., G. jamāi m., M. j̈ā̃vaīj̈āvāīj̈āvaī m., Ko. jā̃vayi.
    2. Gy. as. ǰafteró 'daughter's husband', pal. ǰátro 'id.', ǰautro 'wife's brother', ǰautri 'wife's sister', eur. ǰamutro m. 'daughter's or sister's husband' (-m- ?); Gaw. zamaλɔ́, °λā, Bshk. ǰámaλ, Tor. ǰamā́ṛ, Sv. žamaλṓ, Phal. ǰhāmatrṓ, Sh. žămc̣ṓ, pl. °c̣ā́re̯ m. (→ Ḍ. ǰΛmac̣a), pales. ǰΛmac̣ʳṓ, koh. ǰamc̣ōh m. 'sister's husband', gur. žamac̣ōh m.; K. zāmaturᵘ m. 'daughter's husband', S. j̄āṭro m., L. javātrā, (Ju.) j̄avā̃trā, khet. jamātra, P. ḍog. j̈amāttrā m.
    *jāmātr̥bhaginī-.

5199 *jāmātr̥bhaginī 'daughter's husband's sister'. [jā́mātr̥-, bhaginī-]
    M. j̈āvaīṇ f.

5200 jāmí 'related as brother and sister', m. 'brother', f. 'sister' RV., m. 'relative' RV., f. 'female relative, esp. son's wife' MBh.
    Pk. jāmi- f. 'sister'; Kt. žämī́ 'wife's brother', Pr. imī́ (collides with imī́ < jā́mātr̥-), Dm. Gaw. žamī́, Kal. rumb. ǰōmī; Sv. žamī́ 'wife's brother, sister's husband', Phal. žamé; K. zām f. 'husband's sister, wife's brother's wife'; WPah. bhal. j̈aĩ f. 'husband's sister'. — Ext. -l-: Kal. ǰhamili 'son's wife, woman'; Kho. ǰaméli 'daughter's son'; Bshk. ǰēmil 'husband's sister'.
    jāmitvá-, jāmēya-; *jāmipati-.

5201 jāmitvá n. 'consanguinity' RV. [jāmí-]
    K. zömith-gŏbur m. 'husband's sister's son', zömithnŏś f. 'husband's sister's son's wife'.

5202 *jāmipati 'husband's sister's husband'. [jāmí-, páti-]
    K. zömiyĕ m.

5203 jāmēya m. 'sister's son' lex. [jāmí-]
    K. zömiza f. 'husband's sister's daughter'.

grama

4368 grā́ma m. 'troop, village' RV., °aka- m. MBh.
Pa. gāma-, °aka- m. 'village', Aś. gāma-, KharI. grama, Dhp. gama, NiDoc. grame pl.; Pk. gāma- m. 'collection, village'; Gy. eur. gav m. 'village, town'; Ash. glam 'village', Kt. gŕom, Pr. gəm, Dm. gram, Paš. dar. lām, kuṛ. lāma, chil. lōm, ar. δlōmlōm (not dialects in which it would collide with lām < kárman- IIFL iii 3, 109), Niṅg. Shum. lām, Woṭ. gām m., Gaw. lām, Kal. grom, Kho. gram (in cmpds. and place names), Bshk. lām, Tor. gām, Mai. gā̃, Gau. gaõ, Sv. grām, Phal. grōm, Sh. girōm 'cowpen' (earlier → Bur. girΛm 'clan, village' Morgenstierne in Lorimer BurLg I, xxii), dr. gām 'village', gur. gāõ (← Ind. ~ kui < kuṭī-); K. gām m. 'village', S. gā̃u m., L. girā̃ m., P. grā̃girā̃°rāũ m., WPah. bhad. ḍḷā̃, bhiḍ. bhal. ḍḷaũ n., paṅ. cam. grā̃; cur. girā̃ 'field'; rudh. gyεũ 'village', khaś. grão, Ku. gaũ, gng. gɔ̃, N. A. gāũ, B. Or. gā̃, Bi. gā̃w, Mth. gā̃ogām, Bhoj. Aw. lakh. H. gā̃u m., Marw. gā̃v, G. gām n., M. gā̃vgāv m.n., Ko. gā̃vu m., Si. gama; — ext. -ṭa-: Sk. grāmaṭikā- f. 'wretched village', Pk. gāmaḍa- m., G. gāmṛũ n. 'small village'.
grāmín-; *agrāmin-, agrāmya-, *nirgrāmika-, saṁgrāmá-; grāmakūṭa-, grāmaṇī́-, *grāmadāra-, *grāmadhāna-, grāmavāsin-, grāmastha-, grāmāntá-, *grāmārdha-; *gōgrāma-, *nigamagrāma-, *paragrāma-, *pāṇḍavagrāma-, *pālagrāma-, mātr̥grāma-.

4370 grāmaṇī́ m. 'leader of a troop' RV. [grā́ma-, √nī]
Pa. gāmaṇī-, °ṇika- m. 'village headman', Pk. gāmaṇĭ̄- m., Si. gämuṇu nom. prop. GS 20.

4263 *gōgrāmaka 'belonging to a herd of cattle'. [gṓ-, grā́ma-]
Paš.lauṛ. gṓlaṅg f. (m. in dar.), ar. golóṅ 'cow, bull' (IIFL iii 3, 68 < *gōnāmaka- ?), Shum. Gaw. gōlaṅg.

10020 mātr̥grāma m. 'the female sex' Lalit., 'woman' lex. [mātŕ̥-, grā́ma-]
Pa. mātugāma- m. 'womenfolk', Pk. māuggāma- m.; Si. māgama 'woman, wife'.

 

பாலி அகராதி

(Pali) 

kama  

  1. ka$ma

Kāma (m. nt.) [Dhtp (603) & Dhtm (843) paraphrase by "icchāyaṁ," cp. Vedic kāma, kam=Idg. *qā] to desire, cp. Lat. carus, Goth. hōrs, E whore. — 1. Objective: pleasantness, pleasure — giving, an object of sensual enjoyment; — 2. subjective: (a) enjoyment, pleasure on occasion of sense, (b) sense — desire. Buddhist commentators express 1 and 2 by kāmiyatī ti kāmo, and kametī ti kāmo Cpd. 81, n. 2. Kāma as sense — desire and enjoyment plus objects of the same is a collective name for all but the very higher or refined conditions of life. The kāma — bhava or — loka (worlds of sensedesire) includes 4 of the 5 modes (gati's) of existence and part of th  fifth or deva — loka. See Bhava. The term is not found analyzed till the later books of the Canon are consulted, thus, Nd1 1 distinguishes (1) vatthukāmā: desires relating to a base, i. e. physical organ or external object, and (2) kilesakāmā: desire considered subjectively. So also Nd2 202, quoted DhA ii.162; iii.240; and very often as ubho kāmā. A more logical definition is given by Dhammapāla on Vv 11 (VvA 11). He classifies as follows: 1. manāpiyā rūpādi — visayā. — 2. chandarāga. — 3. sabbasmiṁ lobha. — 4. gāmadhamma. — 5. hitacchanda. — 6. serībhāva, i. e. k. concerned with (1) pleasant objects, (2) impulsive desire, (3) greed for anything, (4) sexual lust, (5) effort to do good, (6) self — determination. In all enumerations of obstacles to perfection, or of general divisions and definitions of mental conditions, kāma occupies the leading position. It is the first of the five obstacles (nīvaraṇāni), the three esanās (longings), the four upādānas (attachments), the four oghas (floods of worldly turbulence), the four āsavas (intoxicants of mind), the three taṇhās, the four yogas; and k. stands first on the list of the six factors of existence: kāmā, vedanā, saññā, āsavā, kamma, dukkha, which are discussed at A iii.410 sq. as regards their origin, difference, consequences, destruction and remedy. — Kāma is most frequently connected with rāga (passion), with chanda (impulse) and gedha (greed), all expressing the active, clinging, and impulsive character of desire. — The foll. is the list of synonyms given at various places for kāma — cchanda: (1) chanda, impulse; (2) rāga, excitement; (3) nandī, enjoyment; (4) taṇhā, thirst; (5) sineha, love; (6) pipāsā, thirst; (7) pariḷāha, consuming passion; (8) gedha, greed; (9) mucchā, swoon, or confused state of mind; (10) ajjhosāna, hanging on, or attachment Nd1. At Nd2 200; Dhs 1097 (omitting No. 8), cp. DhsA 370; similarly at Vism 569 (omitting Nos. 6 and 8), cp. Dhs 1214; Vbh 375. This set of 10 characteristics is followed by kām — ogha, kāma — yoga, kām — upādāna at Nd2 200, cp. Vism 141 (kām — ogha, °āsava, °upādāna). Similarly at D iii.238: kāme avigata — rāga, °chanda, °pema, °pipāsa, °pariḷāha, °taṇha. See also kāma — chanda below under cpds. In connection with synonyms it may be noticed that most of the verbs used in a kāma — context are verbs the primary meaning of which is "adhering to" or "grasping," hence, attachment; viz. esanā (iṣ to Lat ira), upādāna (upa + ā + taking up), taṇhā (tṛṣ, Lat. torreo=thirst) pipāsā (the wish to drink), sineha (snih, Lat. nix=melting), etc. — On the other hand, the reaction of the passions on the subject is expressed by khajjati "to be eaten up" pariḍayhati "to be burnt," etc. The foll. Passage also illustrates the various synonymic expressions: kāme paribhuñjati, kāmamajjhe vasati, kāma — pariḷāhena pariḍayhati, kāmavitakkehi khajjati, kāma — pariyesanāyā ussukko, A i.68; cp. M i.463; iii.129. Under this aspect kāma is essentially an evil, but to the popular view it is one of the indispensable attributes of bliss and happiness to be enjoyed as a reward of virtue in this world (mānussakāmā) as well as in the next (dibbā kāmā). See kāmāvacara about the various stages of next — world happiness. Numerous examples are to be found in Pv and Vv, where a standing Ep. of the Blest is sabbakāmasamiddha "fully equipped with all objects of pleasure," e. g. Pv i.105; PvA 46. The other — world pleasures are greater than the earthly ones: S v.409; but to the Wise even these are unsatisfactory, since they still are signs of, and lead to, rebirth (kāmûpapatti, It (4): api dibbesu kāmesu ratiṁ so nâdhigacchati Dh 187; rāgaṁ vinayetha mānusesu dibbesu kāmesu cāpi bhikkhu Sn 361, see also It 94. — Kāma as sensual pleasure finds its most marked application in the sphere of the sexual: kāmesu micchācārin, transgressing in lusts, sinning in the lusts of the flesh, or violating the third rule of conduct equivalent to abrahmacariyā, inchastity (see sīla) Pug 38, 39; It 63, etc. itthi — kāmehi paricāreti "he enjoys himself with the charms of woman" S iv.343. Kāmesu brahmacariyavā practicing chastity Sn 1041. Kāmatthā for sexual amusement A iii.229. Redemption from kāma is to be effected by selfcontrol (saṁyama) and meditation (jhāna), by knowledge, right effort and renunciation. "To give up passion" as a practice of him who wishes to enter on the Path is expressed by: kāmānaṁ pahānaṁ, kāmasaññānaṁ pariññā, kāma — pipāsānaṁ — paṭivinayo, kāmavitakkānaṁ samugghāto kāma — pariḷāhānaṁ vūpasamo Vin iii.111; — kāmesu (ca) appaṭibaddhacitto "uddhaṁsoto" ti vuccati: he whose mind is not in the bonds of desire is called "one who is above the stream" Dh 218; cp. Th 2, 12; — tasmā jantu sadā sato kāmāni parivajjaye Sn 771; — yo kāme parivajjeti Sn 768=Nett 69. — nikkhamma gharā panujja kāme Sn 359; — ye ca kāme pariññāya caranti akutobhayā te ve pāragatā loke ye pattā āsavakkhayaṁ A iii.69. — Kāmānaṁ pariññaṁ paññāpeti Gotamo M i.84; cp. A v.64; kāme pajahati: S i.12=31; Sn 704; kāmānaṁ vippahāna S i.47; — ye kāme hitvā agihā caranti Sn 464; — kāmā nirujjhanti (through jhāna) A iv.410; kāme panudati Dh 383=S i.15 (context broken), cp. kāmasukhaṁ analaṁkaritvā Sn 59; — kāmesu anapekkhin Sn 166=Ś i.16 (abbrev.); S ii.281; Sn 857; — cp. rāgaṁ vinayetha... Sn 361. vivicc' eva kāmehi, aloof from sensuous joys is the prescription for all Jhāna — exercise. Applications of these expressions: — kāmesu palāḷita A iii.5; kāmesu mucchita S i.74; kāmālaye asatta S i.33; kāmesu kathaṁ nameyya S i.117; kāmesu anikīḷitāvin S i.9 (cp. kela); kittassa munino carato kāmesu anapekhino oghatiṇṇassa pihayanti kāmesu gathitā pajā Sn 823 (gadhitā Nd1); — kāmesu asaññata Sn 243; — yo na lippati kāmesu tam ahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ Dh 401; — Muni santivādo agiddho kāme ca loke ca anûpalitto Sn 845; kāmesu giddha D iii.107; Sn 774; kāmesu gedhaṁ āpajjati S i.73; — na so rajjati kāmesu Sn 161; — kāmānaṁ vasam upāgamum Sn 315 (=kāmānaṁ āsattataṁ pāpuniṁsu SnA 325); kāme parivajjeti Sn 768, kāme anugijjhati Sn 769. Character of Kāmā. The pleasures of the senses are evanescent, transient (sabbe kāmā aniccā, etc. A ii.177), and of no real taste (appāsādā); they do not give permanent satisfaction; the happiness which they yield is only a deception, or a dream, from which the dreamer awakens with sorrow and regret. Therefore the Buddha says "Even though the pleasure is great, the regret is greater: ādīnavo ettha bhīyyo" (see k — sukha). Thus kāmā as kālikā (needing time) S i.9, 117; aniccā (transitory) S i.22; kāmā citrā madhurā "pleasures are manifold and sweet" (i. e. tasty) Sn 50; but also appassādā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā: quot. M i.91; see Nd2 71. Another passage with var. descriptions and comparisons of kāma, beginning with app' assādā dukkhā kāmā is found at J iv.118. -atittaṁ yeva kāmesu antako kurute vasaṁ Dh 48; — na kahāpaṇavassena titti kāmesu vijjati appasādā dukkhā kāmā iti viññāya paṇḍito "not for showers of coins is satisfaction to be found in pleasures — of no taste and full of misery are pleasures: thus say the wise and they understand" Dh 186; cp. M i.130; Vin ii.25 (cp. Divy 224). — Kāmato jāyatī soko kāmato jāyatī bhayaṁ kāmato vippamuttassa n'atthi soko kuto bhayan ti "of pleasure is born sorrow, of pleasure is born fear" Dh 215. — Kāmānam adhivacanāni, attributes of kāma are: bhaya, dukkha, roga, gaṇḍa, salla, sanga, panka, gabbha A iv.289; Nd2 p. 62 on Sn 51; same, except salla & gabbha: A iii.310. The misery of such pleasures is painted in vivid colours in the Buddha's discourse on pains of pleasures M i.85 and parallel passages (see e. g. Nd2 199), how kāma is the cause of egoism egoism, avarice, quarrels between kings, nations, families, how it leads to warfare, murder, lasciviousness, torture and madness. Kāmānaṁ ādīnavo (the danger of passions) M i.85 sq. =Nd2 199, quot. SnA 114 (on Sn 61); as one of the five anupubbikathās: K° ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṁkilesaṁ A iv.186, 209, 439; — they are the leaders in the army of Māra: kāmā te paṭhamā senā Sn 436; — yo evamvādī... n'atthi kāmesu doso ti so kāmesu pātavyataṁ āpajjati A i.266=M i.305 sq. Similes. — In the foll. passage (following on appassādā bahudukkhā, etc.) the pleasures of the senses are likened to: (1) aṭṭhi — kankhala, a chain of bones; — (2) maṁsapesi, a piece of (decaying) flesh; — (3) tiṇ'ukkā, a torch of grass; (4) angāra — kāsu, a pit of glowing cinders; — (5) supina, a dream; (6) yācita, beggings; — (7) rukkha — phala, the fruit of a tree; — (8) asisūna, a slaughter — house; — (9) satti — sūla, a sharp stake; — (10) sappa — sira, a snake's head, i. e. the bite of a snake at Vin ii.25; M i.130; A iii.97 (where aṭṭhisankhala); Nd2 71 (leaving out No. 10). Out of this list are taken single quotations of No. 4 at D iii.283; A iv.224=v.175; No. 5 at DhA iii.240; No. 8 at M i.144; No. 9 at S i.128=Th 2, 58 & 141 (with khandhānaṁ for khandhāsaṁ); No. 10 as āsīvisa (poisonous fangs of a snake) yesu mucchitā bālā Th 2, 451, and several at many other places of the Canon. Cases used adverbially: — kāmaṁ acc. as adv. (a) yathā kāmaṁ according to inclination, at will, as much as one chooses S i.227; J i.203; PvA 63, 113, 176; yena kāmaṁ wherever he likes, just as he pleases A iv.194; Vv i.11 (=icchānurūpaṁ VvA 11) — (b) willingly, gladly, let it be that, usually with imper. S i.222; J i.233; iii.147; iv.273; VvA 95; kāmaṁ taco nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu (avasussatu in J) sarīre upasussatu maṁsa — lohitaṁ "willingly shall skin, sinews and bone remain, whilst flesh and blood shall wither in the body" M i.481; A i.50; S ii.28; J i.71, 110; -kāmasā (instr.) in same sense J iv.320; vi.181; -kāmena (instr.) do. J v.222, 226; -kāmā for the love of, longing after (often with hi) J iii.466; iv.285, 365; v.294; vi.563, 589; cp. Mhv iii.18, 467. -akāmā unwillingly D i.94; J vi.506; involuntarily J v.237  °kāma (adj.) desiring, striving after, fond of, pursuing, in kāma — kāma pleasure — loving Sn 239 (kāme kāmayanto SnA 284); Dh 83 (cp. on this passage Morris, J.P.T.S. 1893, 39 — 41); same expln as prec. at DhA ii.156; Th 2, 506. — atthakāma well — wishing, desirous of good, benevolent J i.241; v.504 (anukampakā +); sic lege for attakāmarūpā, M i.205, iii,155, cf. S i.44 with ib. 75; A ii.21; Pv iv.351; VvA 11 (in quotation); PvA 25, 112; mānakāma proud S i.4; lābhakāma fond of taking; grasping, selfish A ii.240; dūsetu° desiring to molest Vin iv.212; dhamma° Sn 92; pasaṁsa° Sn 825. So frequently in comb. w. inf., meaning, willing to, wishing to, going to, desirous of: jīvitu°, amaritu°, dātu°, daṭṭhu°, dassana°, kātu°, pattu°, netu°, gantu°, bhojetu°, etc. -sakāma ( — adj.) willing J v.295. -akāma 1. not desiring, i. e. unwilling: M ii.181; mayhaṁ akāmāya against my wish (=mama anicchantiyā) Pv ii.107, J v.121, 183, etc. 2. without desire, desireless, passionless Sn 445. -nikkāma same Sn 1131. -agga (nt.) the greatest pleasure, intense enjoyment M ii.43; Vv 163 (=VvA 79, attributed to the Paranimmita — vasavattino — devā); -aggi the fire of passion J v.487; -ajjhosāna (nt.) attachment to lust and desire, No. 10 in kāmacchanda series (see above); -âdhikaraṇa having its cause in desire M i.85; S i.74; -âdhimutta, bent upon the enjoyment of sensual pleasures A iii.168; J vi.159; -ânusārin pursuing worldly pleasures J ii.117; -andha blinded by passion Ud 76=Th 1, 297; — âbhibhū overcoming passions, Ep. of the Buddha D ii.274; -âbhimukha bent upon lust, voluptuous PvA 3; -âvacara "having its province in kāma," belonging to the realm of sensuous pleasures. This term applies to the eleven grades of beings who are still under the influence of sensual desires and pleasures, as well as to all thoughts and conditions arising in this sphere of sensuous experience D i.34 (of the soul, expld DA 120: cha k° — devapariyāpanna); J i.47; Dhs 1, 431; Ps 1, 84, 85, 101; Vbh 324; Vism 88, 372, 452 (rūpa°, arūpa°, lokuttara), 493 (of indriyas),  574; PvA 138. — kamma an action causing rebirth in the six kāma — worlds Dhs 414, 418, 431; — devatā PvA 138 (+brahmādevatā) and — deva the gods of the pleasure — heavens J i.47; v.5; vi.99; Vism 392; or of the kāmâvacara — devaloka J vi.586, — bhūmi and — loka the plane or world of kāma Ps i.83; J vi.99; see also avacara; -âvacaraka belonging to the realm of kāma J vi.99; Sdhp 254 (°ika); -assāda the relish of sensual pleasures PvA 262; DA i.89, 311; -ātura affected by passion, love — sick J iii.170; -ārāma pleasure — loving A iv.438 (gihī k — bhogī, °ratā, °sammuditā); -ālaya, the abode of sensual pleasure (i. e. kāma — loka) S i.33=Sn 177; Sn 306; -āvaṭṭa the whirlpool of sensuality J ii.330; -āsava the intoxication of passion, sensuality, lusts; def. as kāmesu kāma — chando, etc. (see above k — chando) Vbh 364, 374; Dhs 1097; as the first of four impurities, viz. k°, bhava°, diṭṭhi°, avijjā° at Vin iii.5 (the detachment from which constitutes Arahantship); Vbh 373; Dhs 1096, 1448; as three (prec. without diṭṭhi°) at It 49; Vbh 364; cp. D i.84; ii.81; iii.216; M i.7; -itthi a pleasure — woman, a concubine Vin i.36; J i.83; v.490; vi.220; -upabhoga the enjoyment of pleasures VvA 79; -upādāna clinging to sensuality, arising from taṇhā, as k° diṭṭhi° sīlabbata°, attavāda° D iii.230; M i.51; Vbh 136, 375; Vism 569; -ûpapatti existence or rebirth in the sensuous universe. These are three: (1) Paccupaṭṭhita — kāmā (including mankind, four lowest devalokas, Asuras, Petas and animals), (2) Nimmāna — ratino devā, (3) Paranimmita — vasavattino devā D iii.218; It 94. -ûpasaṁhita endowed with pleasantness: in formula rūpā (saddā, etc.) iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā k° rajaniyā "forms (sounds, etc.=any object of sense), desirable, lovely, agreeable, pleasant, endowed with pleasantness, prompting desires" D i.245=M i.85; 504; D ii.265; M iii.267; VvA 127. -esanā the craving for pleasure. There are three esanās: kāma°, bhava°, brahmacariya° D iii.216 270; A ii.42; Vbh 366; It 48; S v.54; -ogha the flood of sensual desires A iii.69; D iii.230, 276; Vbh 375; Vism 141; DhsA 166; Nd2 178 (viz. kām°, bhav°, diṭṭh°, avijj°). -kaṇṭaka the sting of lust Ud 27; -kara the fulfilment of one's desires J v.370 (=kāmakiriyā) -karaṇīya in yathā° pāpimato the puppet of the wicked (lit. one with whom one can do as one likes) M i.173; It 56; -kalala the mud of passions J iii.293; -kāra the fulfilment of desires Sn 351=Th 1, 1271; -kārin acting according to one's own inclination Th 1. 971; or acting willingly DA i.71; -koṭṭhāsa a constituent of sensual pleasure (=kāmaguṇa) J iii.382; v.149; DA i.121; PvA 205; -kopa the fury of passion Th 1, 671; -gavesin, pleasure — seeking Dh 99=Th 1, 992. -gijjha J i.210 and -giddha greedy for pleasure pleasure, craving for love J iii.432; v.256; vi.245; -giddhimā, same J vi.525. -giddhin f. °inī same Mhvs vi.3. -guṇā (pl.) always as pañca: the five strands of sensual pleasures, viz., the pleasures which are to be enjoyed by means of the five senses; collectively all sensual pleasures. Def. as cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā, etc. A iii.411; D i.245; ii.271; iii.131, 234; Nd2 s. v.; Ps i.129; as manāpiyehi rūpâdīhi pañcahi kāma — koṭṭhāsehi bandhanehi vā DA i.121, where it is also divided into two groups: mānusakā and dibbā. As constituents of kāmarāga at Nett 28; as vana (desire) Nett 81. — In the popular view they are also to be enjoyed in "heaven": saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmi tattha dibbehi pañcahi k — guṇehi samappito samangibhūto paricāressāmī ti Vin iii.72; mentioned as pleasures in Nandana S i.5; M i.505; A iii.40, iv.118; in various other connections S iv.202; Vv 307; Pv iii.71 (°ehi sobhasi; expl. PvA 205 by kāma — koṭṭhāsehi); PvA 58 (paricārenti); cp. Also kāma — kāmin. As the highest joys of this earth they are the share of men of good fortune, like kings, etc. (mānusakā k° guṇā) S v.409; A v.272, but the same passage with "dibbehi pañcahi k° — guṇehi samappita..." also refers to earthly pleasures, e. g. S i.79, 80 (of kings); S v.342 (of a Cakkavatti); A ii.125; iv.55, 239; v.203; of the soul D i.36; Vbh 379; other passages simply quoting k — g° as worldly pleasures are e. g. S i.16=Sn 171; S i.92; iv.196. 326; A iii.69 (itthirūpasmiṁ); D i.60, 104; Sdhp 261. In the estimation of the early Buddhists, however, this bundle of pleasures is to be banned from the thought of every earnest striver after perfection their critique of the kāmaguṇā begins with "pañc' ime bhikkhave kāmaguṇā..." and is found at various places, e. g. in full at M i.85=Nd2 s. v.; M i.454; ii.42; iii.114; quoted at M i.92; A iii.411; iv.415, 430, 449, 458. Other expressions voicing the same view are: gedho pañcannaṁ k° — guṇānaṁ adhivacanaṁ A iii.312 sq.; asisūnā... adhivac° M i.144; nivāpo... adhivac° M. i.155; sāvaṭṭo... adhivac° It 114. In connection w. rata & giddha PvA 3; pahīna M iii.295; gathita & mucchita M i.173; mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṁ "Let not thy heart roam in the fivefold pleasures" Dh 371; cittassa vossaggo Vbh 370; asantuṭṭha Vbh 350. See also Sn 50, 51, 171, 284, 337. -guṇika consisting of fivefold desire, appl. To rāga S ii.99; J iv.220; Dhs A.371; -gedha a craving for pleasure S i.100; ThA 225; -cāgin he who has abandoned lusts Sn 719. -citta impure thought J ii.214; -chanda excitement of sensual pleasure, grouped as the first of the series of five obstacles (pañca nīvaraṇāni) D i.156, 246; iii.234, 278; A i.231; iv.457; A i.134=Sn 1106; S i.99; v.64; Bdhd 72, 96, 130; Nd2 200, 420A. Also as the first in the series of ten fetters (saṁyojanāni) which are given above (p. 31) as synonyms of kāma. Enumerated under 1 — 10 at Nd2 200 as eight in order: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10 (omitting pipāsā and gedha) Vbh 364; Dhs 1114, 1153; Nd2 ad chandarāga and bhavachanda; in order: 2, 3, 5, 9, 6, 7, 10, 4 at A ii.10; — as nine (like above, omitting gedha) at Vbh 374; Dhs 1097; — as five in order: 1, 5, 9, 6, 7, (cp. above passage A ii.10) at M i.241; — as four in order: 1, 5, 9, 7 at S iv.188; — as six nīvaraṇas (5 + avijjā) at Dhs 1170, 1486. See also D i.246; iii.234, 269; Ps i.103, 108; ii.22, 26, 44, 169; Vism 141; Sdhp 459; -jāla the net of desires Th 1, 355; -taṇhā thirst after sensual pleasures; the first of the three taṇhās, viz. kāma°, bhava°, vibhava° D iii.216, 275; It 50; Vbh 365 (where defined as kāmadhātupaṭisaṁyutto rāgo); Dhs 1059, 1136 (cp. taṇhā: jappāpassage); as the three taṇhā, viz. ponobbhavikā, nandirāga — sahagatā, tatratatr' âbhinandinī  at Vin i.10= Vbh 101; as k — taṇhāhi khajjamāno k — pariḷāhena pariḍayhamāno M i.504. See also D ii.308; S i.131; A ii.11; Th 2, 140; J ii.311; v.451; Miln 318. -da granting desires, bestowing objects of pleasure and delight; Ep. of Yakkhas and of Vessantara (cp. the good fairy) J vi.498, 525; Mhvs 19, 9; as sabba° Pv ii.138; -dada=prec. Pv ii.918; PvA 112; J vi.508; of a stone Miln 243, 252; of Nibbāna Miln 321; Kh viii.10: esa devamanussānaṁ sabbakāmadado nidhi "this is the treasure which gives all pleasures to gods and men"; -dukkha the pain of sensual pleasures J iv.118; -duha granting wishes, like a cow giving milk J v.33; vi.214; f. °duhā the cow of plenty J iv.20; -dhātu "element of desire." i. e. 1. the world of desire, that sphere of existence in which beings are still in the bonds of sensuality, extending from the Avīci — niraya to the heaven of the Paranimmita — vasavatti — devas S ii.151; Th 1, 181; also 2. sensual pleasures, desires, of which there are six dhātus, viz. kāma°, vyāpāda, vihiṁsā°, nekkhamma°, avyāpāda°, avihiṁsā°, Vbh 86; Nett 97; D iii.215= Vbh 363 (as the first three=akusaladhātus); Vbh 404. See also D iii.275; Th 1, 378; J v.454; Vism 486 (cp. Vbh 86). -nandī sensual delight (cp. °chanda) A ii.11; Dhs 1114, etc. -nidānaṁ acc. adv. as the consequence of passion, through passion, M i.85, etc. (in kāmaguṇā passage); -nissaraṇa deliverance from passion, the extinction of passion It 61 (as three nissaraṇīyā dhātuyo), cp. A iii.245; -nissita depending on craving Miln 11; -nīta led by desire J ii.214, 215;  panka the mire of lusts Sn 945; Th 2, 354; J v.186, 256; vi.230, 505; Mhbv 3; -paṭisandhi — sukhin finding happiness in the association with desire M iii.230; -pariḷāha the flame or the fever of passion M i.242, 508; S iv.188; A i.68 (pariḍayhati, khajjati, etc.); A ii.11; Vin iii.20; Nd2 374 (comd with °palibodha); DhA ii.2; see also kāmacchanda passage. -pāla the guardian of wishes, i. e. benefactor J v.221; -pipāsā thirst for sensuality M i.242; A ii.11, and under k° — chanda;  bandha Ud 93, and -bandhana the bonds of desire J vi.28, also in the sense of k° — guṇā, q. v.; -bhava a state of existence dominated by pleasures. It is the second kind of existence, the first being caused by kamma Vbh 137. It rests on the effect of kamma, which is manifested in the kāma — dhātu A i.223. It is the first form of the 3 bhavas, viz. kāma°, rūpa°, arūpa° Vin i.36; D iii.216; A iv.402; Vism 572. Emancipation from this existence is the first condition to the attainment of Arahantship: kāmabhave asatta akiñcana Sn 176, 1059, 1091 (expl. SnA 215: tividhe bhave alaggana); Bdhd 61. °parikkhīṇa one who has overcome the desire — existence Dh 415=Sn 639. -bhoga enjoyment of sensual pleasures, gratification of desires S i.74 (sāratta — °esu giddhā kāmesu mucchitā); Th 2, 464; It 94 ( — °esu paṇḍito who discriminates in worldly pleasures); J ii.65; -bhogin enjoying the pleasures of the senses Vin i.203, 287; ii.136, 149; D iii.124, 125; Miln 243, 350, as Ep. Of the kāmûpapatti — beings It 94; as ten kinds A v.177; as bringing evil, being blameworthy S i.78; cp. A iv.281, 438; S iv.333 sq.; A iii.351; Th 2, 486; J iii.154. ye keci kāmesu asaññatā janā avītarāgā idha k — bhogino (etc.) A ii.6, cp. ii.17. kāmabhogī kām'ārāmo kāmarato kāma — sammudita A iv.439; — °seyyā sleeping at ease, way of lying down, the second of the four ways of sleeping (kāmabhogīseyyā vāmena passena) A ii.244; -bhojin=°bhogin Ud 65;  magga the path of sensuous pleasures J v.67; -matta intoxicated with sensuous pleasures J vi.231; -mucchā sensual stupor or languor S iv.189; A ii.11; Dhs 1114, etc. (see kāmacchanda); -yoga application to sensuous enjoyment, one of the four yogas, viz. kāma°, bhava°, diṭṭhi°, avijjā° (cp. āsavā) A ii.10; only the first two at It 95; cp. D iii.230, 276; S v.59; DhsA 166; -rata delighting in pleasures J v.255; -rati amorous enjoyment (as arati) Th 2, 58 and 141; J i.211; iii.396; iv.107. — n'atthi nissaraṇaṁ loke kiṁ vivekena kāhasi bhuñjassu kratiyo mâhu pacchânutāpinī S i.128. mā pamādam anuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṁ appamatto hi jhāyanto pappoti paramaṁ sukhan S i.25=Dh 27=Th 1, 884; -rasa the taste of love J ii.329; iii.170; v.451; -rāga sensual passion, lust. This term embraces the kāmaguṇā & the three rāgas: Dhs 1131, 1460; Nett 28; M i.433 sq.; D iii.254, 282; S i.22= A iii.411; S i.13, 53; iii.155; Th 2, 68, 77; PvA 6; see also k — chanda passage. Relinquishing this desire befits the Saint: Sn 139 (°ṁ virājetvā brahmalokûpago). As k — rāgavyāpāda Dhs 362; SnA 205; -rūpa a form assumed at will VvA 80, or a form which enjoys the pleasures of heaven Vbh 426; -lāpin talking as one likes D i.91 (=DA i.257 yadicchaka — bhāṇin); -lābha the grasping of pleasures, in °abhijappin A iii.353; -loka the world of pleasures= kāmâvacara, q. v. Sdhp 233, 261; -vaṇṇin assuming any form at will, Protean J ii.255= iii.409=Vv 33191; J v.157; Vv 163; VvA 80, 143, 146; -vasika under the influence of passions J ii.215;  vitakka a thought concerning some sensuous pleasure, one of the three evil thoughts (kāma° vyāpāda° vihiṁsā°) D iii.215, 226; M i.114; A i.68; J i.63; iii.18, 375; iv.490; vi.29; It 82, 115; Vbh 362; Miln 310; -vega the impulse of lust J vi.268; -sagga the heaven of sensuous beings, there are six q. v. under sagga J i.105; ii.130; iii.258; iv.490; vi.29, 432; at all these passages only referred to, not enumd; cp. k — âvacara; -sankappa-bahula full of aspirations after pleasure A iii.145, 259; D iii.215; -sanga attachment to passion Ud 75; -saññā lustful idea or thought; one of the three akusalasaññās (as vitakka) D i.182; iii.215; M ii.262; S i.126; Vbh 363; Th 1, 1039; virata k° āya S i.53=Sn 175; -saññojana the obstacle or hindrance formed by pleasures; °âtiga Ep. Of Arahant, free of the fetters of lust A iii.373 (+ kāmarāgaṁ virājetvā); -sineha love of pleasures Dhs 1097 (also as °sneha M i.241; S iv.188; A ii.10); see k — chanda; -sukha happiness or welfare arising from (sensual) pleasure, worldly happiness, valued as mīlha°, puthujjana°, anariya°, and not worth pursuit: see kāmaguṇā, which passage closes: yaṁ ime pañca k — guṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ idaṁ vuccati k — sukhaṁ A iv.415; S iv.225; varying with... somanassaṁ ayaṁ kāmānaṁ assādo M i.85, 92, etc. — As kāma° and nekkhamma° A i.80; as renounced by the Saint: anapekkhino k° ṁ pahāya Dh 346= S i.77; M iii.230; Sn 59 (see Nd2 s. v.). See also S iv.208; M ii.43; Th 2, 483; Vv 617; J ii.140; iii.396; v.428; kāmasukhallik' ânuyoga attachment to worldly enjoyment S iv.330; v.421; Vin i.10; D iii.113; Nett 110; Vism 5, 32; -sutta N. of the first sutta of the Aṭṭhakavagga of Sn; -seṭṭhā (pl.) a class of devas D ii.258; -sevanā pursuit of, indulgence in, sensuous pleasure J ii.180; iii.464; -sevin adj. to prec. J iv.118; -hetu having craving as a cause: in ādīnava — section, foll. on kāmaguṇā M i.86, etc., of wealth S i.74; -hetuka caused by passion Th 2, 355=ThA 243; J v.220, 225.

 

Kāmaka (adj.) [fr. kāma] only — ° in neg. akāmaka unwilling, undesirous D i.115; M i.163; Vin iii.13; J iv.31; cp. kāmuka.

Kāmatā (f.) [abstr. fr. kāma] desire, longing, with noun: viveka°... to be alone PvA 43; anattha° J iv.14; with inf. PvA 65 (gahetu°); J iii.362 (vināsetu°); Mhvs 5, 260; DhA i.91.

Kāmin (adj.) [fr. kāma] 1. having kāma, i. e. enjoying pleasure, gratifying one's own desires in kāma-kāmin realizing all wishes; attr. of beings in one of the Sugatis, the blissful states, of Yakkhas, Devas or Devaññataras (Pv i.33=PvA 16), as a reward for former merit; usually in combn with bhuñjāmi paribhogavant (Pv iv.346) or as "nandino devalokasmiṁ modanti kkāmino" A ii.62=It 112; Th 1, 242; J iii.154; Pv ii.115; Pv iii.116 (expl. "as enjoying after their hearts' content all pleasures they can wish for"). — 2. giving kāma, i. e. benevolent, fulfilling people's wishes; satisfying their desires, in atthakāminī devatā Sn 986. — akāmakāmin passionless, dispassionate Sn 1096, syn. of vītataṇhā without desire (cp. Nd2 4).

Kāmuka (adj. — n.) [cp. Sk. kāmuka] desiring, loving, fond of; a sweetheart, lover J v.306; Mhbv 3.

Kāmeti [den. fr. kāma] to desire, to crave, 1. to crave for any object of pleasure: Th 1, 93; J iii.154; iv.167; v.480; — 2. To desire a woman, to be in love with D i.241; M ii.40; J ii.226; v.425; vi.307, 326, etc. — pp. kāmita in kāmita — vatthu the desired object PvA 119; VvA 122; grd. kāmitabba to be desired, desirable PvA 16 (v. l. for kañña, better), 73; VvA 127; and kāmetabba J. v.156 (=kamaṇīya); ppr. (kāmaṁ) kāmayamānassa Sn 766 (=icchamānassa, etc., Nd1); J vi.172=Nett 69.

Kamya (adj.) (—°) [fr. kām] wishing for, desiring DhsA 365 (sādhu°; v. l. °kāma); kamyā, abl. in the desire for, see next.

Kamyā (—°) in abl. function (of kamyā f. for kamyāya or kamya adj.?) in the desire for: S i.143=J iii.361 (expld by kāmatāya); Sn 854, 929.

Kamyatā ( -°) & kammatā (Nd) [fr. kām] wish, desire, longing for, striving after; with inf. or equivalent: kathetu° VvA 18; muñcitu° (+paṭisankhā) Ps i.60, 65; Bdhd 123; asotu°, adaṭṭhu° and adassana° Vbh 372. Esp. in definitions, as of chanda: kattu° Vbh 208; Bdhd 20; of jappā: puñcikatā sādhu° Vbh 351; 361=Dhs 1059; Nd2 s. v. taṇhāii (: has the better reading mucchañci katā asādhu°; v. l. pucchañci°; both Vbh and Dhs have sādu in text which should be corrected to asādhu°; see detail under puñcikatā); of māna; ketu° Nd2 505; Dhs 1116=1233; Vbh 350 sq.; Bdhd 24; of lapanā: pāṭu° (v. l. cāṭu°) Vbh 246= 352. — As abl. (=kamyā) in dassana° S i.193=Th 1, 1241; Sn 121 (expl. as icchāya SnA 179). Cp. kammaññatā & kamma — sādutā.

Nikanti (f.) [Sk. nikānti, ni+kamati] desire, craving, longing for, wish Th 1, 20; Ps ii.72, 101; Dhs 1059, 1136; Vism 239, 580; DhsA 369; DhA iv.63; DA i.110; Dāvs iii.40.

Nikāma [Vedic nikāma, ni+kāma] desire, pleasure, longing: only in cpds.; see nanikāma. -kāra read by Kern (Toev. 174) at Th 1, 1271 for na kāmakāra but unjustified (see SnA on Sn 351);  lābhin gaining pleasure S ii.278; M i.354; iii.110; A ii.23, 36; Pug 11, 12; Vbh 332.

Nikāmanā (f.)=nikanti, Dhs 1059.

Nikāmeti [Sk. ni — kāmayati, ni+kāmeti] to crave, desire, strive after, ppr nikāmayaṁ S i.122, & nikāmayamāna Vin ii.108. Cp. nikanta & nikanti.

Nikkāma (adj.) [Sk. niṣkāma, nis+kāma] without craving or lust, desireless Sn 1131 (=akāmakāmin Nd2 340; pahīnakāma SnA 605 with v. l.: nikkāma). Cp. next.

Nikkāmin (adj.) [nis+kāmin]=nikkāma Sn 228 (=katanikkhamana KhA 184).

Anukāma (adj.) [anu + kāma] responding to love, loving in return J ii.157.

 

  1. kshi

 

Khatta (nt.) [Sk. kṣatra, to kṣi, cp. Gr. κτάομαι, κτ¨ημα, possession] rule, power, possession; only in cpds.: -dhamma the law of ruling, political science J v.490 (is it khattu°=khattā°?) -vijjā polity D i.9, condemned as a practice of heretics. Bdhgh at DA i.93 explains it as nīti — sattha, political science (=°dhamma), See Rh. D. Dialogues i.18. -vijjavādin a person who inculcates Macchiavellian tricks J v.228 (paraphrased: mātāpitaro pi māretvā attano va attho kāmetabbo ti "even at the expense of killing father and mother is wealth to be desired for oneself"), so also J v.240; -vijjācariya one who practises kh — °vijjā ibid.; -vida (so read for °vidha)=°vijja (adj.) a tricky person, ibid. (v. l. °vijja, better). Cp. Sk. kṣātra — vidya.

 

Khattar [Sk. kṣattṛ fr. kṣatra] attendant, companion, charioteer, the king's minister and adviser (Lat. satelles "satellite" has been compared for etym.) D i.112 (=DA i.280, kh° vuccati pucchita — pucchita — pañhaṁ vyākaraṇa — samattho mahāmatto: "kh° is called the King's minister who is able to answer all his questions"); Buddhaghosa evidently connects it with katheti, to speak, respond=katthā; gādhaṁ k° A ii.107=Pug 43 v. l. for kattā (cp. Pug A 225).

Khattiya [der. fr. khatta=kṣatra "having possessions"; Sk. kṣatriya] pl. nom. also khattiyāse J iii.441. A shortened form is khatya J vi.397. — f. khattiyā A iii.226 — 229, khattī D. i.193, and khattiyī. A member of one of the clans or tribes recognised as of Aryan descent. To be such was to belong to the highest social rank. The question of such social divisions in the Buddha's time is discussed in Dialogues i.97 — 107; and it is there shown that whenever they are referred to in lists the khattiyas always come first. Khattiyo seṭṭho jane tasmiṁ D i.199=ii.97=M i.358=S i.153, ii.284. This favourite verse is put into the mouth of a god; and he adds that whoever is perfect in wisdom and righteousness is the best of all. On the social prestige of the khattiyas see further M ii.150 — 157; iii.169; A ii.86; S i.71, 93; Vin iv.6 — 10. On the religious side of the question D iii.82; 93; M i.149, 177; ii.84; S i.98. Wealth does not come into consideration at all. Only a very small percentage of the khattiyas were wealthy in the opinion of that time and place. Such are referred to at S i.15. All kings and chieftains were khattiyas D i.69, 136; iii.44, 46, 61; A i.106; iii.299; iv.259. Khattiyas are called rājāno Dhp 294, quoted Netti 165. -âbhiseka the inauguration of a king A i.107, 108 (of the crown — prince)=A ii.87; -kaññā a maid of khattiya birth J i.60; iii.394; -kula a khattiya clan, a princely house, Vin ii.161 (w. ref. to Gotama's descent); iii.80; -parisā the assembly of the khattiyas; as one of the four parisās (kh°, brāhmaṇa°, gahapati°, samaṇa) at Vin i.227; A ii.133; as the first one of the eight (1 — 4 as above, Cātummahārājika°, Tāvatiṁsa°, Māra°, Brahma°) at M i.72=D iii.260; -mahāsāla "the wealthy khattiya" (see above ii.1) D iii.258, etc.; -māyā "the magic of the noble" DhA i.166; -vaṁsa aristocratic descent DA i.267; -sukhumāla a tender, youthful prince (of the Tathāgata: buddha°, kh°) DhA i.5.

Khattiyī (f.) a female khattiya, in series brāhmaṇī kh° vessī suddī caṇḍālī nesādī veṇī rathakārī pukkusī A iii.229; similarly M ii.33, 40.

Khetta (nt.) [Vedic kṣetra, to kṣi, kṣeti, kṣiti, dwelling — place, Gr. κτίζω, Lat. situs founded, situated, E. site; cp. Also Sk. kṣema "being settled," composure. See also khattiya. Dhammapāla connects khetta with kṣip & trā in his expln at PvA 7: khittaṁ vuttaṁ bījaṁ tāyati... ti khettaṁ] 1. (lit.) a field, a plot of land, arable land, a site, D i.231; S i.134 (bījaṁ khette virūhati; in simile); three kinds of fields at S iv.315, viz. agga°, majjhima°, hīna° (in simile); A i.229=239; iv.237 (do.); Sn 524; J i.153 (sāli — yava°); Pv ii.968=DhA iii.220 (khette bījaṁ ropitaṁ); Miln 47; PvA 62; DhA i.98. Often as a mark of wealth=possession, e. g. D iii.93 in defn of khattiya: khettānaṁ patī ti khattiya., In the same sense connected with vatthu (field & farm cp. Haus und Hof), to denote objects of trade, etc. D i.5 (expld at DA i.78: khetta nāma yasmiṁ pubbaṇṇaṁ rūhati, vatthu nāma yasmiṁ aparaṇṇaṁ rūhati, "kh. Is where the first crop grows and v. where the second." A similar expln at Nd1 248, where khetta is divided into sāli°, vīhi. mugga°, māsa°, yava°, godhūma°, tila°, i. e. the pubbaṇṇāni, and vatthu expld ghara°, koṭṭhaka°, pure°, pacchā°, ārāma°, vihāra° without ref. to aṇṇa.) S ii.41; Sn 769. Together with other earthly possessions as wealth (hirañña, suvaṇṇa) Sn 858; Nd2 on lepa, gahaṭṭha, etc. As example in definition of visible objects Dhs 597; Vbh 71 sq. — Kasī° a tilled field, a field ready to bear Pv i.12, cp. PvA 8; jāti° "a region in which a Buddha may be born" (Hardy, after Childers s. khetta) PvA 138. Cp. The threefold division of a Buddha — kkhetta at Vism 414, viz. jāti°, āṇā°, visaya°. — 2. fig. (of kamma) the soil of merit, the deposit of good deeds, which, like a fertile field, bears fruit to the advantage of the "giver" of gifts or the "doer" of good works. See dakkhiṇeyya°, puñña° (see detailed expln at Vism 220; khetta here= virūhana — ṭṭhāna), brahma°. — A i.162, 223 (kammaṁ, khettaṁ, viññāṇaṁ bījaṁ); iv.237; It 98; VvA 113.— akhetta barren soil A iii.384 (akhettaññu not finding a good soil); iv.418 (do.); PvA 137. Sukhetta a good soil, fertile land S i.21; PvA 137; opp. dukkhetta S v.379. -ûpama to be likened to a (fruitful) field, Ep. of an Arahant Pv i.11; -kammanta work in the field A iii.77; -gata turned into a field, of puññakamma "good work becoming a field of merit" PvA 136, 191; -gopaka a field watcher J iii.52; -ja "born on one's land," one of the 4 kinds of sons Nd1 247; Nd2 448; J i.135. -jina one unsurpassed in the possession of a "field" Sn 523, 524; -pāla one who guards a field J iii.54;  mahantatā the supremeness of the field (of merit) VvA 108; -rakkhaka the guardian of a field J ii.110; -vatthu possession of land & goods (see above) D iii.164; S v.473=A ii.209; A v.137; Pug 58; PvA 3; -sampatti the successful attainment of a field of (merit) PvA 198; VvA 102; see VvA 30, 32 on the three sampattis, viz. khetta°, citta°, payoga°; -sāmika the owner of the field Miln 47; VvA 311. -sodhana the cleaning of the field (before it is ploughed) DhA iii.284.

 

  1. gra$ma

 

Gāma [Vedic grāma, heap, collection, parish; *grem to comprise; Lat. gremium; Ags. Crammian (E. cram), Obulg. Gramada (village community) Ohg. chram; cp. *ger in Gr. ἀγειρω, ἀγορά, Lat, grex.] a collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger. gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Sn 119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo ca gāmupacāro ca Vin i.109, 110; iii.46). In size varying, but usually small & distinguished from nigama, a market — town. It is the smallest in the list of settlements making up a "state" (raṭṭhaṁ). See definition & description at Vin iii.46, 200. It is the source of support for the bhikkhus, and the phrase gāmaṁ piṇḍāya carati "to visit the parish for alms" is extremely frequent. — 1. a village as such: Vin i.46; Ārāmika°, Pilinda° Vin i.28, 29 (as Ārāmikagāmaka & Pilinda — gāmaka at Vin iii.249); Sakyānaṁ gāme janapade Lumbineyye Sn 683; Uruvela° Pv ii.1318; gāmo nâtikālena pavisitabbo M i.469; °ṁ raṭṭhañ ca bhuñjati Sn 619, 711; gāme tiṁsa kulāni honti J i.199; — Sn 386, 929, 978; J ii.153; vi.366; Dh 47, 49; Dhs 697 (suñño g.); PvA 73 (gāme amaccakula); 67 (gāmassa dvārasamīpena). — gāmā gāmaṁ from hamlet to hamlet M ii.20; Sn 180 (with nagā nagaṁ; expl. SnA 216 as devagāmā devagāmaṁ), 192 (with purā puraṁ); Pv ii.1318. In the same sense gāmena gāmaṁ Nd2 177 (with nigamena n°, nagarena n°., raṭṭhena r°., janapadena j°.). — 2. grouped with nigama, a market — town: gāmanigamo sevitabbo or asevitabbo A iv.365 sq., cp. v.101 (w. janapadapadeso); — Vin iii.25, 184 (°ṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya); iv.93 (piṇḍāya pavisati); gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre D i.237; M i.488; gāme vā nigame vā Pug 66. — 3. as a geographical — political unit in the constitution of a kingdom, enumd in two sets: (a) gāma — nigamarājadhāniyo Vin iii.89; A iii. 08; Nd2 271iii; Pv ii.1318; DhA i.90. — (b) gāma — nigama — nagara  raṭṭha — janapada Nd2 177, 304iii (°bandhana), 305 (°kathā); with the foll. variations: g. nigama nagara M ii.33 — 40; g. nigama janapada Sn 995; Vism 152; gāmāni nigamāni ca Sn 118 (expld by SnA 178: ettha ca saddena nagarāni ti pi vattabbaṁ). — See also dvāra°; paccanta°; bīja°; bhūta°; mātu°. -anta the neighbourhood of a village, its border, the village itself, in °nāyaka leading to the village A iii.189; °vihārin (=āraññaka) living near a v. M i.31, 473; A iii.391 (w. nemantanika and gahapati — cīvara — dhara); — Sn 710; -antara the (interior of the) village, only in t. t. gāmantaraṁ gacchati to go into the v. Vin ii.300, & in °kappa the "village — trip — licence" (Vin. Texts iii.398) ib. 294, 300; cp. iv.64, 65; v.210; -ûpacāra the outskirts of a v. Vin i.109, 110; defined at Vin iii.46, 200; -kathā village — talk, gossip about v. — affairs. Included in the list of foolish talks (+nigama°, nagara°, janapada°) D i.7 (see expln at DA i.90); Sn 922. See kathā; -kamma that which is to be done to, or in a village, in °ṁ karoti to make a place habitable J i.199; -kūṭa "the village — fraud," a sycophant S ii.258; J iv.177 (=kūṭavedin); -goṇā (pl.) the village cattle J i.194; -ghāta those who sack villages, a marauder, dacoit (of corā thieves) D i.135; S ii.188;  ghātaka (corā) =°ghāta S iv.173; Miln 20; Vism 484; nt. Village plundering J i.200. -jana the people of the v. Miln 47; — ṭṭhāna in purāṇa° a ruined village J ii.102; -dārakā (pl.) the youngsters of the v. J iii.275; f. -dārikā the girls of the v. PvA 67; -dvaya, in °vāsika living in (these) two vs. PvA 77; -dvāra the v. gates, the entrance to the v. Vin iii.52; J ii.110, 301; cp. PvA 67; — dhamma doings with women — folk (cp. mātugāma), vile conduct D i.4≈(+methuna) A i.211; J ii.180 (=vasaladhamma); VvA 11; DA i.72 (=gāma — vāsīnaṁ dhamma?); -poddava (v. l. kāmapudava) a shampooer (? Vin. Texts iii.66; Bdhgh explains: kāmapudavā ti chavi — rāga — maṇḍanânuyuttā nāgarikamanussā; gāmaṁ podavā ti pi pādho es' ev' attho, Vin ii.315) Vin ii.105; -bhojaka the village village headman J i.199; DhA i.69; -majjhe in the midst of the v. J i.199; vi.332; -vara an excellent v. S i.97; J i.138; -vāsin the inhabitant of a v. J ii.110; v.107; DA i.72; -saññā the thought of a v. M iii.104; -samīpe near a v. J i.254; -sahassa a thousand parishes (80,000 under the rule of King Bimbisāra) Vin i.179; -sāmanta in the neighbourhood of a v., near a v. D i.101; (+mgama°) -sīmā the boundary of the parish Vin i.110 (+nigama°); -sūkara a village pig J iii.393.

Gāmaka 1. =gāma Vin i.208; J i.199 (Macala°), 253; iv.431 (cora°); PvA 67 (Iṭṭhakāvatī and Dīgharājī); DhA ii.25 (dvāra°). — 2. a villager J v.107 (=gāmavāsin). -āvāsa an abode in a village PvA 12; VvA 291.     

Gāmaṇika=gāmaṇi S i.61; A iii.76 (pūga°).

Gāmaṇī (m.) the head of a company, a chief, a village headman Vin ii.296 (Maṇicūḷaka). Title of the G.— Saṁyutta (Book VIII. of the Saḷāyatana — Vagga) S iv.305 sq.; & of the G. — Jātaka J i.136, 137. — S iv.306 (Talapuṭa naṭa°), 308 (yodhājīvo g.), 310 (hatthāroho g.), 312 (Asibandhakaputta), 330 (Rāsiya).

Gāmika 1. [to gāma] a governor of a village, overseer of a parish Vin i.179; A iii.76, 78, 300 (in series w. raṭṭhika pettanika, senāpatika, pūgagamaṇika). — 2. [to gam] adj. going wandering, travelling (—°) J ii.112.

Gāmeyya (adj.) belonging to a village in sa° of the same v., a clansman S i.36=60 (+sakhā).

Jāmātar (& jāmāta J iv.219) [Vedic jāmātar. Deriv. uncertain.BR. take it as jā+mātar, the builder up of the family, supposing the case where there is no son and the husband goes to live in the wife's family, a bīna marriage. More likely fr. ldg *gem, to marry. Cp. Gr. γαμέω· γαμβρός, Lat. gener] daughter's husband, son — in law Th 2, 422 (=ThA 269 duhitu pati); Jii.63; v.442.

 

  1. Ga$ma:

[Vedic grāma, heap, collection, parish; *grem to comprise; Lat. gremium; Ags. crammian (E. cram), Obulg. gramada  (village community) Ohg. chram; cp. *ger in Gr. ἀγειρω, ἀγορά, Lat, grex.] a collection of houses, a hamlet (cp. Ger.gemeinde), a habitable place (opp. arañña: gāme vā yadi vâraññe Sn 119), a parish or village having boundaries & distinct from the surrounding country (gāmo ca gāmupacāro ca Vin i.109, 110; iii.46). In size varying, but usually small & distinguished from nigama, a market — town. It is the smallest in the list of settlements making up a "state" (raṭṭhaṁ). See definition & description at Vin iii.46, 200. It is the source of support for the bhikkhus, and the phrase gāmaṁ piṇḍāya carati "to visit the parish for alms" is extremely frequent. — 1. a village as such: Vin i.46; Ārāmika°, Pilinda° Vin i.28, 29 (as Ārāmikagāmaka & Pilinda — gāmaka at Vin iii.249); Sakyānaṁ gāme janapade Lumbineyye Sn 683; Uruvela° Pv ii.1318; gāmo nâtikālena pavisitabbo M i.469; °ṁ raṭṭhañ ca bhuñjati Sn 619, 711; gāme tiṁsa kulāni honti J i.199; — Sn 386, 929, 978; J ii.153; vi.366; Dh 47, 49; Dhs 697 (suñño g.); PvA 73 (gāme amaccakula); 67 (gāmassa dvārasamīpena). — gāmā gāmaṁ from hamlet to hamlet M ii.20; Sn 180 (with nagā nagaṁ; expl. SnA 216 as devagāmā devagāmaṁ), 192 (with purā puraṁ); Pv ii.1318. In the same sense gāmena gāmaṁ Nd2 177 (with nigamena n°, nagarena n°., raṭṭhena r°., janapadena j°.). — 2. grouped with nigama, a market — town: gāmanigamo sevitabbo or asevitabbo A iv.365 sq., cp. v.101 (w. janapadapadeso); — Vin iii.25, 184 (°ṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya); iv.93 (piṇḍāya pavisati); gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre D i.237; M i.488; gāme vā nigame vā Pug 66. — 3. as a geographical — political unit in the constitution of a kingdom, enumd in two sets: (a) gāma — nigamarājadhāniyo Vin iii.89; A iii.108; Nd2 271iii; Pv ii.1318; DhA i.90. — (b) gāma — nigama — nagara — raṭṭha — janapada Nd2 177, 304iii (°bandhana), 305 (°kathā); with the foll. variations: g. nigama nagara M ii.33 — 40; g. nigama janapada Sn 995; Vism 152; gāmāni nigamāni ca Sn 118 (expld by SnA 178: ettha ca saddena nagarāni ti pi vattabbaṁ). — See also dvāra°; paccanta°; bīja°; bhūta°; mātu°.

 

  1. Ga$man@i$:

(m.) the head of a company, a chief, a village headman Vin ii.296 (Maṇicūḷaka). Title of the G.— Saṁyutta (Book VIII. of the Saḷāyatana — Vagga) S iv.305 sq.; & of the G. — Jātaka J i.136, 137. — S iv.306 (Talapuṭa naṭa°), 308 (yodhājīvo g.), 310 (hatthāroho g.), 312 (Asibandhakaputta), 330 (Rāsiya).

 

  1. Ga$man@ika:

=gāmaṇi S i.61; A iii.76 (pūga°)

 

  1. Ma$tar:

(f.) [Vedic mātā, stem mātar°, Av. mātar —, Gr. Μήτηρ (Doric μάτηρ) Lat. māter, Oir. māthir, Ohg. muoter, Ags. modor=mother; Cp. further Gr. μήτρα uterus, Lat. mātrix id., Sk. mātṛkā mother, grandmother, Ger. mieder corset. From Idg. *ma, onomat. part., cp. "mamma"] mother. — Cases: nom. sg.

 

ga$ma:

"genex feminarum," womanfolk, women (collectively cp. Ger, frauen — zimmer) A ii.126; Vin iv.175; M i.448, 462; iii.126; S iv.239 sq.; J i.201; iii.90, 530. (pl. °gāmā p. 531); Pug 68; SnA 355; PvA 271; VvA 77.

 

 

சிங்களம்

Sinhala

54.Kama

Káma, s. Hindu cupid or deity of love; wish, desire; lust; semen virile; particle of assent; also, of assertion, as truly, verily; a. lustful.

Kámakéli, s. copulation.

Kámachchhandaya, s. lechery, libidinousness.

Káma-tr@ishn@áwa, s. (lust, the same) lechery, sensual desire.

Kámadùti, s. female demon so called.

Káma-dhátu, s. (dha$tu source) semen virile.

Kámapála, s. one of the names of Balaráma the brother of Kr@ishn@a.

Kámabhawa, s. (passion,being) one of the three states of existence, that which includes men and gods.

Kámaya, s. lust, desire of corporeal enjoyment.

Kámayá, s. greedy person.

Kámalóka, s. the world in which bodily pains or pleasures are experienced, including the hells, the world, and the six heavens.

Kámavikára, a. (lust gesture) wanton gesture.

Kámáturayá, s, lecher, libidinous man.

Kámáwachara, a. (awachara going) sensual, subject to passion.

Kámás@rawa, s. sexual pollution.

Kámi, s. libidinous man, lecher.

Kámuka, a. desirous, cupidinous, lustful, . libidinous.

Kshétra, s. field; body; wife; place of pilgrimage; geometrical figure.

Kshétraja, s. (wife, born) son; offspring of the wife by a kinsman or person duly appointed to procreate issue to the husband; this is one of the twelve kinds of issue acknowledged by the old Hindu law.

Kshétrajn~a, s. (body, who knows) soul.

Gammáné, s. cultivated country; inhabited country in the neighbourhood of a village, pl. gammán.

Gammudaliyá, a. the chief of a village.

Gamwásiyá, Gamwe@siya s. villager.

Gama, s. village; going, moving, marching, journeying, journey, road; kind of game, backgammon; pl. gam.

Gamaradala, Gamarála, s. head man of a village

Gamisuru, s. (gama and isuru chief) chief or head man of a village.

Grámya, s, rustic or homely speech; rustic (in discourse).

Grámya-dharma, s. (village, virtue) village virtue, copulation.

Grámyás^wa, s. (grámya and as@wa horse) ass.

Grámaya, s. village, hamlet; scale in music; multitude; castle.

Grámika, a. resident in a village, rustic, village born.

Grámin@a, s. villager; dog; crow; indigo plant.

Ge@mi, s. villager, countryman.

Niyangama, s. large village or town, market town.

Niyamgama, see niyangama

Jámátr@i, s. daughter's husband, son-inlaw; husband, lord or master; friend; sunflower.

Jámi, s. virtuous and respectable woman; woman of high rank or caste; sister.

  

 

மேலை இந்தோ-ஐரோப்பியத்தில் தமிழின் ’கமம்’

 கமம்- Home

*tkei-

Proto-Indo-European root meaning "to settle, dwell, be home."

It forms all or part of: Amphictyonichamlethangar; haunthomesite; situate; situation; situs.

 

AMPHICTYONIC

(American Heritage) am·phic·ty·o·ny n. pl. am·phic·ty·o·nies. A league of neighboring ancient Greek states sharing a common religious center or shrine, especially the one at Delphi. [Greek Amphiktuonia, from amphiktuones, variant of amphiktiones, neighbors: amphi-, on the periphery; see amphi- + ktizein, to settle; see tkei- in Appendix.]

(Online Etymology) Amphictyonic (adj.) in reference to one of several ancient Greek confederations of neighboring states, 1753, probably via French, from Latinized form of Greek amphiktionikos, from amphiktionēs "neighbors," literally "they that dwell round about," from amphi "on both sides, all around" (from PIE root *ambhi- "around") + second element related to ktizein "to create, found," ktoina "habitation, township" (from metathesized form of PIE root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home").

 

 

HAMLET

(Skeat) hamlet, a small village. (F..mO. Low G.) M.E. hamelet, of three syllables; Rob. of Brunne, tr. of Langtoft, p. 269; spelt hamelat, Barbour, Bruce, iv. 195; hamillet, id. ix. 403 (Edinb. MS.); hamlet, id. x. 403 (Camb. MS.). —O. F. hamel (whence mod. F. hameau), with dimin. suffix -et. Hamel is used by Froissart, ii. 2. 232 (Littré). The suffix -el is also dimin.; the base being ham. —O. Friesic ham (North Friesic hamm, Outzen), a home, dwelling; cognate with A.S. ham, whence E. home. See Home. ¶ The fact that the word is French explains the difference of vowel. [+]

(Chambers) hamlet n. small village. Before 1338 hamlet, hamelet, in Mannyng's Chronicle of England; borrowed from Old French hamelet, diminutive (with -et) of hamel village, itself a diminutive of ham (with -el-le¹); derived from Frankish *haim; see home.

The form ham (Old English hām home) does not appear in Old or Middle English with the meaning of town, village, except in compounds of place names, such as Birmingham and Nottingham, in which it refers originally and more specifically to a manor; also, ham in this sense should not be confused with Old English ham, hamm a meadow, pasture land (often enclosed).

(John Ayto) hamlet [14] Hamlet is a double diminutive: etymologically it means ‘little little village’. It comes from Old French hamelet, a diminutive form of hamel, which was itself a diminutive of ham ‘village’. This was borrowed from a Germanic word related to English home, and to the -ham in many English place-names.

(Onions) hamlet small village. xiv. -AN. hamelet(t)e, OF. hamelet (in AL. hameletta xm), f. hamel (mod. hameau), dim. f. ham (found esp. in place-names of N. France) - MLG. MDu. ham ham2; see -let.

(American Heritage) ham·let n. A small village. [Middle English hamelet, from Old French, diminutive of hamel diminutive of ham, village, of Germanic origin. See tkei- in Appendix.]

(OED) hamlet

forms:  Also Middle English hamelat, hamillet, Middle English-1500s hamelett (e, Middle English-1600s hamelet, 1500s hamlette, 1600s hamblet.

origin: A borrowing from French.

etymon: French hamelet.

etymology: < Old French hamelet, in Anglo-Norman also hamelete, hamlette, (medieval Latin hameletum, -letta), secondary diminutive of hamel: see hamel n.1

  1. A group of houses or small village in the country; esp. a village without a church, included in the parish belonging to another village or a town. (In some of the United States, the official designation of an incorporated place smaller than a village.)
  2. transferred. The people of a hamlet. (poetic.)

(Online Etymology) hamlet (n.) early 14c., from Old French hamelet "small village," diminutive of hamel "village," itself a diminutive of ham "village," from Frankish *haim or some other Germanic source, from Proto-Germanic *haimaz "home" (from PIE root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home"); for ending, see -let. Especially a village without a church.

Hamlet -கலைச்சொற்கள்             

hamlet                                    சிற்றூர்   

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

hamlet                                    சிறு கிராமம், திருக்கோயில் இல்லாத சிறு கிராமம்,                  தொட்டி, சிற்றுர்.     

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

Hamlet                                    சிற்றுார், குக்கிராமம்     

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

Hamlet                                    குடியிருப்புத் தொகுதி   

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் அகராதி

hamlet                                    சிற்றூர், தொட்டி

hamlet                                    சிறுகுடியிருப்பு  

fishing hamlet                         மீனவர் குப்பம்  

hamlet                                    சிற்றூர், பட்டி    

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

ham`let                                   சிறு கிராமம்       

                                                   -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

 

HANGAR

(Chambers) hangar n. shed for aircraft. 1852, a covered shed for carriages, in Thackeray's History of Henry Esmond; borrowed from French hangar, from Middle French hanghart, perhaps alteration of Middle Dutch *hamgaerd enclosure near a house; of uncertain origin. The extended sense of covered shed for airplanes is first recorded in 1902.

(Onions) hangar shed, now spec. for aircraft. xix (Thackeray). -F. hangar (also †hangard, hanghart); in medL. angarium smith's shed; of unkn. origin.

(American Heritage) han·gar n. A shelter especially for housing or repairing aircraft. [French, from Old French hangard, of Germanic origin. See tkei- in Appendix.]

(OED) hangar

origin: A borrowing from French.

etymology: French; ulterior origin uncertain: see Du Cange, Diez, Littré.

  1. A covered space, shed, or shelter, esp. for carriages.
  2. A shed for the accommodation of aircraft or spacecraft.

(Online Etymology) hangar (n.) 1852, "shed for carriages," from French hangar "shed," which is of uncertain origin. Probably from hanghart (14c.), which is perhaps an alteration of Middle Dutch *ham-gaerd "enclosure near a house" [Barnhart, Watkins], from a Proto-Germanic compound *haimgardaz of the elements that make home (n.) and yard (n.1). Or French hanghart might be from Medieval Latin angarium "shed in which horses are shod" [Gamillscheg, Klein]. Sense of "covered shed for airplanes" first recorded in English 1902, from French use in that sense.

Hangar -கலைச்சொற்கள்             

hangar                                    வானூர்திப் பணிமனை 

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

hangar                                    விமானம்-வண்டிகள் முதலியவற்றை விட்டு வைப்பதற்கான கொட்டகை.    

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

hangar deck                           வான்கல பழுதுநீக்கு பணித்தளம்                                             

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

hang`ar                                   வானூர்திக் கொட்டகை

                                                   -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

 

HAUNT

(Skeat) haunt, to frequent. (F.) M.E. haunten, hanten, to frequent, use, employ. ‘That haunteden folie’=who were ever after folly; Chaucer, C. T. 12398. ‘We haunten none tauernes’ =we frequent no taverns; Pierce Plowman’s Crede, ed. Skeat, 106. ‘Haunted Mau-metrie’ = practised Mohammedanism, Rob. of Brunne, tr. of Langtoft, p. 320. The earliest use of the word is in Hali Meidenhad, ed. Cockayne, p. 25, 1. 15. —O.F. hanter, ‘to haunt, frequent, resort unto;’ Cot. β. Origin unknown, and much disputed. Suggestions are: (1) Icel. heimta, lit. to fetch home, to draw, claim, recover; but neither form nor sense suits: (2) Bret. hent, a path: (3) a nasalised form of Lat. habitare, to dwell (Littré): (4) a Low Lat. form ambitare (not found), to go about, from Lat. ambitus, a going about (Scheler), The last seems to me the most likely; there are many such formations in F. Der. haunt, sb.

(Chambers) haunt v. go often to, visit frequently. Probably about 1200 hanten practice habitually; later haunten (before 1250), and in the sense of visit frequently (probably before 1300); borrowed from Old French hanter to frequent, resort to, be familiar with (originally, of a spirit coming back to the house he had lived in); probably from Old Icelandic heimta bring home, from Proto-Germanic *Haimatjanan, from *Haimaz home.

The meaning of intrude upon or reappear frequently, especially in the application to imaginary beings, ghosts, etc., as in the phrase be haunted, is first found in Shakespeare's Midsummer Night's Dream (1590) and Richard II (1593).

-n. Often, haunts. place often visited. Probably before 1300, in Kyng Alisaunder, developed from the verb, and as a borrowing from Old French hant frequentation, intimacy, acquaintance.

(John Ayto) haunt [13] Etymologically, a ghost that haunts a building is only using the place as its ‘home’. The word’s distant ancestor is the prehistoric Germanic verb *khaimatjan, a derivative of the noun *khaimaz (source of English home). This was borrowed by Old French as hanter ‘frequent a place’, and passed on to English as haunt. Its main modern supernatural meaning did not develop until the 16th century (the first records of this sense come in Shakespeare’s plays). ® home

(Onions) haunt (old-fashioned) ha$nt †practise habitually; resort (to) habitually xiii; frequent the company of xv; visit frequently XVI (spec. of ghosts, Sh.). - (O)F. hanter -Germ. *xaimatjan (repr. by OE. Hdmettan provide with a home, house, ON. Htimta get home, recover), f. *xaimaz home.

(American Heritage) haunt v. haunt·ed, haunt·ing, haunts. — v. tr. 1. To inhabit, visit, or appear to in the form of a ghost or other supernatural being. 2. To visit often; frequent: haunted the movie theaters. 3. To come to mind continually; obsess: a riddle that haunted me all morning. 4. To be continually present in; pervade: the melancholy that haunts the composer’s music. v. intr. To recur or visit often, especially as a ghost. n. 1. A place much frequented. 2. (h4nt) Chiefly Southern U.S. A ghost or other supernatural being. [Middle English haunten, to frequent, from Old French hanter. See tkei- in Appendix.]

(OED) haunt

forms:  Also Middle English haunten, Middle English hauntyn, hanten, Middle English-1500s haunte, Middle English-1600s hant(e, Middle English hawntyn.

etymology: < French hante-r (12th cent. in Littré), of uncertain origin: see Diez, Littré, Hatzfeld & Darmesteter.

  1. transitive.

†1. To practise habitually, familiarly, or frequently. Obsolete.

†2. To use or employ habitually or frequently; reflexive to use, accustom, or exercise oneself. Obsolete.

  1. To resort to frequently or habitually; to frequent or be much about (a place).
  2. To frequent the company of (a person), to associate with habitually; to ‘run after’. (Now chiefly transferred from 5b.)
  3. transferred and figurative. Of unseen or immaterial visitants.
  4. Of diseases (obsolete), memories, cares, feelings, thoughts: To visit frequently or habitually; to come up or present themselves as recurrent influences or impressions, esp. as causes of distraction or trouble; to pursue, molest.
  5. esp. Of imaginary or spiritual beings, ghosts, etc.: To visit frequently and habitually with manifestations of their influence and presence, usually of a molesting kind. to be haunted: to be subject to the visits and molestation of disembodied spirits.
  6. intransitive.

†6. To be wont or accustomed. Obsolete.

  1. To resort habitually; to stay or remain usually (in a place); to associate (with a person). Now usually said of the lower animals.

†8. To have resort, betake oneself, go to. Obsolete.

(Online Etymology) haunt (v.) early 13c., "to practice habitually, busy oneself with, take part in," from Old French hanter "to frequent, visit regularly; have to do with, be familiar with; indulge in, cultivate" (12c.), of uncertain origin, perhaps from Old Norse heimta "bring home," from Proto-Germanic *haimatjanan "to go or bring home," from *haimaz- "home" (from PIE root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home").

Haunt -கலைச்சொற்கள்              

haunt                                      நடைமாற்றப் பகுதி, ஊடாட்டப் பகுதி                                     

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

haunt                                      பயிலிடம், ஊடாட்டப்பகுதி,  

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

haunt                                      அடிக்கடி செல், மீண்டும் மீண்டும் நினைத்துக்கொள்                   

                     -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

HOME

(Skeat) home, native place, place of residence. (E.) M.E. hoom, home; Chaucer, C. T. 2367; P. Plowman, B. v. 365; vi. 203; commonly in the phrase ‘to go home.’ —A.S. hám, home, a dwelling; Grein, ii. 9. The acc. case is used adverbially, as in hám cuman, to come home; cf. Lat. ire domum. + Du. heim, in the comp. heimelijk, private, secret. + Icel. heimr, an abode, vi; heima, home. + Dan. hiem, home; also used adverbially, as in E. + Swed. hem, home; and used as adv. + G. heim. = Goth. haims, a village. + Lithuanian këmas, a village (Fick, iii. 75). + Gk. κώμη, a village. β. All from √ΚΙ, to rest; cf. Gk. κεῖμαι, I lie, κοίτos, sleep, κοίτη, a bed; Skt. gi, to lie down, repose. From the same root is Lat. civis, a villager, hence a citizen, and E. hive. See hive, city, cemetery, quiet. Thus the orig. sense is ‘resting-place.’ Der. home-bred, Rich. II, i. 3. 187; home-farm; home-felt; home-keeping, Two Gent. of Verona, i. 1. 2; home-less, A.S. hámleds (Grein); home-less-ness; home-ly, Chaucer, C. T. 330; home-li-ness, M.E. homlinesse, Chaucer, C. T. 8305; home-made; home-sick; home-sick-ness; home-spun, Mids. Nt. Dr. iii. 1. 70; home-stall; home-stead (see stead); home-ward, A.S. hámweard, Gen. xxiv. 61; home-wards.

(Chambers) home n. Probably before 1200 hom dwelling, house, village, in Layamon's Chronicle of Britain; developed from Old English (about 725) ham dwelling, house, estate or village; cognate with Old Frisian hām home or village, Old Saxon hēm, Middle Dutch and modern Dutch heem home, Old High German heim (modern German Heim), Old Icelandic heimr residence, world (Swedish hem, Norwegian heim, and Danish hjem), and Gothic haims village, from Proto-Germanic *Haim-. Outside Germanic cognates exist in Greek to kómē village, Old Irish cōim, cōem dear, beloved, Old Prussian seimins household, servants, and Old Slavic sĕmĭja household, servants, slaves; from Indo-European *koi-m, root *kei- lie down (Pok.539). -adv. Probably about 1225 hom; earlier ham (1100); developed from Old English ham, accusative form of hām, n. -adj. 1552; from the noun. -v. 1765, go home; from the noun. -home base (1856, in American English) -homecoming n. About 1385 homcomyng, in Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde. -home economics (1926, in American English) -homelike adj. (1817, in Coleridge's Biographia Literaria) -homemade adj. (before 1659, in Cleveland's poetry) -homestead n. 972, Old English hamstede; v. 1872, American English. -home-ward adj. About 1250 homward, in The Story of Genesis and Exodus; from Old English hām weard (855); adv. (before 1200). -homework n. Before 1683, lessons (1889). -homey adj. 1856, formed from English home, n +-y¹.

(John Ayto) home [OE] Old English hām meant ‘place where one lives, house, village’. The last of these survives only in place-names (such as Birmingham, Fulham), and it is the ‘house, abode’ sense that has come through into modern English home. Its ancestor was prehistoric Germanic *khaim-, which also produced German heim, Dutch heem, Swedish hem, and Danish hjem. It is not clear where this came from, although some have connected it with Latin civis ‘citizen’.

(Onions) home houm house, abode (long home grave) OE.; native place xiv; one's own place or country xvi (Sh.). OE. hām n. collectwn of dwellings, village, estate, house, corr. To OFris. hām, hēm, OS. hēm (Du. heem), (O)HG. heim n., ON. heimr m., Goth. Haims fern. village (a more general sense is seen in Goth. ana heims present, af haims absent); the ult. relations of the Germ. base *xaim- are disputed. The Germ. ace. of direction without prep. (cf. L. domum) survives in the advs. OE. hām, (O)HG., ON. heim, ¶ The primitive sense 'village' survives in traditional place-names in Eng. -ham, G. -heim. Hence home vb. go home. xviii; whence (of birds) ho·merl, ho·ming. xix. ho·mely1 †domestic, familiar; plain, simple xiv; uncomely xvi (Sh.). pro b. in part an accommodation of ON. heimligr; cf. also OFris. hēmelīk, OHG. heim(e)līch (G. heimlich).

(American Heritage) Home n. 1. A place where one lives; a residence. 2. The physical structure within which one lives, such as a house or an apartment. 3. A dwelling place together with the family or social unit that occupies it; a household. 4. a. An environment offering security and happiness. b. A valued place regarded as a refuge or place of origin. 5. The place, such as a country or town, where one was born or has lived for a long period. 6. The native habitat, as of a plant or animal. 7. The place where something is discovered, founded, developed, or promoted; a source. 8. A headquarters; a home base. 9. a. Baseball. Home plate. b. Games. Home base. 10. An institution where people are cared for: a home for the elderly. 11. Computer Science. The starting position of the cursor on a computer screen, usually in the upper left corner of the screen. adj. 1. a. Of or relating to a home, especially to one’s household or house: home cooking; home furnishings. b. Taking place in the home: home care for the elderly. 2. Of, relating to, or being a place of origin or headquarters: the home office. 3. Sports. Relating to a team’s sponsoring institution or to the place where it is franchised: a home game; the home field advantage. 4. Of, relating to, or being the keys used as base positions for the fingers in touch-typing: The home row on a standard keyboard consists of the keys for A, S, D, F, J, K, L, and;. adv. 1. At, to, or toward the direction of home: going home for lunch. 2. On or into the point at which something is directed: The arrow struck home. 3. To the center or heart of something; deeply: Your comments really hit home. v. homed, hom·ing, homes. — v. intr. 1. To go or return to one’s residence or base of operations. 2. To be guided to a target automatically, as by means of radio waves. 3. To move or lead toward a goal: The investigators were homing in on the truth. v. tr. To guide (a missile or an aircraft) to a target automatically. —idioms. at home. 1. Available to receive visitors: at home on Thursdays. 2. Comfortable and relaxed; at ease: at home in diplomatic circles. 3. Feeling an easy competence and familiarity: at home in French. home free. Free of tension or stress, usually after expending considerable effort: met the schedule and was home free. [Middle English, from Old English ha$m. See tkei- in Appendix.]

(OED) home

forms:

α. early Old English haam, Old English-Middle English (early or northern) ham, Middle English am, Middle English heem (northern), Middle English hem (northern), Middle English-1600s hame (chiefly northern), 1500s heme (northern); English regional (northern) 1600s 1800s- heam, 1700s-1800s heame, 1800s haam, 1800s- hame, 1800s- heaum, 1800s- heeam, 1800s- heyem, 1800s- hiam, 1800s- hyem, 1800s- yam, 1800s- yem; also Scottish pre-1700 haime, pre-1700 ham, pre-1700 haym, pre-1700 hayme, pre-1700 heim, pre-1700 heime, pre-1700 1700s- hame, pre-1700 1800s haim, pre-1700 (1800s- Shetland) haem, pre-1700 (1900s- Shetland) hem, 1700s haam, 1800s- heame, 1800s- heem (Orkney and Shetland), 1900s- hehym (southern), 1900s- heyime (southern), 1900s- him (Shetland), 1900s- hyim (southern), 1900s- hyimm (southern); Irish English (northern) 1900s- hame; Irish English (Wexford) 1800s hime, 1800s hyme.

β. early Middle English heom (perhaps transmission error), Middle English hoom, Middle English howm, Middle English hume, Middle English om, Middle English (1700s- regional) hum, Middle English-1600s hoome, Middle English-1600s (1700s English regional (Lancashire)) whom, Middle English-1600s (1700s- English regional (west midlands and south-western)) whome, Middle English-1600s (1800s- English regional (south-western)) hom, Middle English- home, 1500s howme, 1500s wom, 1500s (1800s- English regional (northern)) hoam, 1500s (1800s- English regional (northern)) hoame, 1600s whoame; English regional 1700s- hwome (south-western), 1700s- whum (west midlands and south-western), 1800s hoom (Essex), 1800s- hooam (northern and Isle of Wight), 1800s- hwom (Cheshire), 1800s- hwum (south-western), 1800s- whoam (south-western); U.S. regional 1900s- hume (in African-American usage).

origin: A word inherited from Germanic.

etymology: Cognate with Old Frisian hēm a person's house or abode, homestead, dwelling (West Frisian hiem yard, farmyard), Old Dutch heim homestead, dwelling (in place names and compounds; Middle Dutch heem , heim , Dutch (now rare) heem homestead, dwelling, a person's house or abode, the place where a person lives or was raised), Old Saxon hēm house (Middle Low German hēm a person's house or abode, the place where a person lives or was raised, native country, homeland), Middle High German heim abode, residence, homestead, dwelling (German Heim; the sense ‘native country, homeland’ is expressed by Heimat (see Urheimat n.)), early Scandinavian (runic: Sweden) aimi (dative singular), em (accusative singular), (runic: Denmark) him- (in compounds) homestead, abode, world, Old Icelandic heimr dwelling, abode (chiefly in compounds denoting mythological parts of the universe, e.g. Jǫtunheimr , lit. ‘abode of giants’, Niflheimr , lit. ‘abode of mist’), (in compounds) village, (more usually) earth, world, universe (with the semantic development, compare Russian mir , which is attested from an early date in the senses ‘community, commune’ and ‘world’: see mir n.2, Mir n.4), Old Swedish hēm , heem a person's house or abode (Swedish hem ), Old Danish hiem , hēm a person's house or abode (Danish hjem ), also (with different suffixes and different (feminine) gender) Old High German heima abode, residence, homestead, dwelling, native country, homeland, Gothic haims village; further etymology uncertain and disputed: perhaps < the same Indo-European base as Early Irish cóim , Welsh cu beloved, dear, Lithuanian šeima family, kin, Latvian saime occupants of a homestead collectively, Russian Church Slavonic sěm′ person, Old Russian sěm′ja family (Russian sem′ja ), (with added suffix) Old Prussian seimīns , Lithuanian šeimyna occupants of a homestead collectively, all formations with -m -suffix < the same Indo-European base as ancient Greek κεῖσθαι to lie, classical Latin cīvis citizen (see civic adj.), and the first element of the Germanic compounds cited at hird n. (ancient Greek κώμη village (see Comarch n.) is probably unrelated, although it has sometimes been regarded as showing a cognate with different ablaut grade); perhaps further related to Old Prussian caymis village, Lithuanian kiemas farmyard, farm, homestead, village, kaimas village, rural (as opposed to urban) area, Latvian ciems occupants of a homestead collectively, homestead, village, although the nature of the relationship is uncertain.

  1. a. n.1
  2. The place where a person or animal dwells.

†1. a. A collection of dwellings; a village, a town. Cf. ham n.3 Obsolete.

  1. A landed property; an estate, a manor. Obsolete.
  2. a. A dwelling place; a person's house or abode; the fixed residence of a family or household; the seat of domestic life and interests. Also (chiefly in later use): a private house or residence considered merely as a building; cf. house n.1 1a. Also (esp. in early use) without article or possessive (now only in prepositional phrases, as at home, from home, near home, etc.: see Phrases 1).
  3. Without article or possessive. The place where one lives or was brought up, with reference to the feelings of belonging, comfort, etc., associated with it.
  4. With the. The domestic setting.
  5. The family or social unit occupying a house; a household.
  6. The furniture or contents of a house.
  7. figurative. With reference to the grave or one's state after death. Frequently with preceding adjective, esp. in long home. Also in extended use.
  8. A refuge, a sanctuary; a place or region to which one naturally belongs or where one feels at ease. Also without article or possessive (cf. note at sense A. 2b).
  9. A person's own country or native land. Also: the country of one's ancestors. Frequently without article or possessive (cf. note at sense A. 2b).
  10. The normal resting place or abode of an animal; spec. a nesting site or structure.
  11. A residential institution providing care, rest, refuge, accommodation, or treatment. Also: a similar establishment for rescued animals; an animal shelter.
  12. Extended and elliptical senses.
  13. a. A place where something originates, flourishes, or is most typically found; the seat, centre, or birthplace of an activity.
  14. The position or location of a material object, institution, etc., esp. when long-term or permanent.
  15. a. Sport and Games. (The name of) the place where a team or player is free from attack by the opposition; the point which one tries to reach; the goal.
  16. Baseball. = home plate n. 1.
  17. Lacrosse. (The name of) the attacking player, or each of the players, stationed nearest to the opposing goal. Cf. earlier home man n. 2.
  18. 10. British. Gambling. In the context of football pools: a win for the home team; a home win.
  19. slang (originally and chiefly in African-American use).
  20. = homeboy n. 2 or (less frequently) homegirl n. 2. Frequently as a form of address. Cf. homes n.
  21. Originally Prison slang. Used attributively in various compounds (some ad hoc formations) with the same sense, as home piece, home slice, etc.
  22. British. With capital initial and usually with the. = home service n. 2. Now historical.
  23. Computing. Usually with capital initial. (The name of) the home key (home key n. 3) on a keyboard.
  24. adj. (chiefly attributive).
  25. a. Adjoining or in close proximity to one's home, or the principal building on a farm or estate. Cf. home station n. (a) at Compounds 2.
  26. Designating a person who does the specified action or activity at home. Cf. home brewer n., home shopper n. 2, homeworker n., etc.
  27. Of, relating to, or associated with one's home, household, or family; used at home; domestic.
  28. That is or constitutes home for a person, a ship, etc.; that constitutes the territory of one's home country. Cf. also home port n. 2.
  29. Carried out, conducted, or practised in one's home. Cf. home-schooling n., home shopping n., homeworking n., etc.
  30. Of, relating to, conducted in, or produced in one's own country; dealing with matters concerning one's own country, or a mother country as distinguished from its colonies; domestic. Opposed to foreign, overseas.
  31. a. That strikes home; direct, to the point; effective, appropriate. Now rare except in home truth n. at Compounds 2 and home thrust n.

†b. Of, relating to, or concerning oneself; intimate, private, personal. Obsolete.

  1. Sport. Of a competitor or team: attached to or coming from the country, locality, or venue in which a sporting event takes place, as home side, home team, etc.; of, relating to, or experienced by such a competitor or team, as home game, home crowd, home defeat, home win, etc.; see also home territory n., home turf n. at Compounds 2. Also designating an advantage perceived to be conferred on those competing at home. Opposed to away. Cf. at home at Phrases 1a(f) and home ground n. 1.
  2. North American. Designating the administrative centre of an organization; of or belonging to a head office.
  3. Sport and Games. Of, relating to, or situated at or near home (sense A. 9a).

(Online Etymology) home (n.) Old English ham "dwelling place, house, abode, fixed residence; estate; village; region, country," from Proto-Germanic *haimaz "home" (source also of Old Frisian hem "home, village," Old Norse heimr "residence, world," heima "home," Danish hjem, Middle Dutch heem, German heim "home," Gothic haims "village"), from PIE *(t)koimo-, suffixed form of root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home." As an adjective from 1550s. The old Germanic sense of "village" is preserved in place names and in hamlet.

Home -கலைச்சொற்கள்               

empirical home                       நுகர் நிலையமை-இல்லம்       

detention home                       தடுப்புக்காவல் இல்லம்

broken home                          சிதைவுற்ற குடும்பம்     

after-care home                      பிற்காப்பு இல்லம்        

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

home heating system              இல்ல வெப்பமுறை      

                                                   -அறிவியல் கலைச்சொல்லகராதி

Tourist home                          சுற்றுலா விடுதி  

stay-at-home                          வீட்டிலேயே அடைபட்டிருக்கிற.                         

Nursing home                         நலம் பேணகம்  

Lunch home                            உணவகம்         

home                                      வீடு, நிலவரக் குடியிருப்பிடம், நிலையான வாழ்விடம்           

Home                                     அகம், இல்லம், வீடு     

Home                                     தொடக்கம்        

Home appliance                      இல்லப் பயன்பொருள்கள், வீட்டு வசதிப்பொருள்                      

home-born                              பிறப்பிடத்திற்குரிய      

home-bound                           வீட்டில் கட்டுப்பட்டிருக்கிற    

home-bred                              வீட்டில் வளர்க்கப்பட்ட

home-brewed                          வீட்டில் வடிக்கப்பட்ட சாராயவகை                                             

home-coming                          வீடுவந்தடைவு, தாயக மீள்வு,

home-farm                              பெரிய வீட்டுக்கருகிலுள்ள அதைச்சேர்ந்த பண்ணை.       

home-grown                            தாயகத்தில் விளைவிக்கப்பட்ட.                                             

home-keeping                         வீட்டில் அடைபட்டுக்கிடக்கிற.                                             

home-life                                வீட்டுவாழ்க்கை.

home-made                            சொந்த நாட்டில் செய்யப்பட்ட, பொது எளிமையான.              

home-ruler                              தன்னாட்சிக் கோட்பாட்டின் ஆதரவாளர்.                           

home-town                              பிறந்தக நகரம்.  

at-home                                  விருந்தினர்க்கு வீட்டில் வரவேற்பு.                                             

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

home                                      தொடக்கநிலை, அகம்  

                                                   -கணிப்பொறிக் கலைச்சொல் அகராதி - (1998)

not-at-home                            காண இயலாத  

service-home                          தொண்டு இல்லம்        

nursing home                          மருத்துவ இல்லம்         

home department                    உள்ளாட்சித்துறை       

home guard                            ஊர்க்காவலர்    

home land                              தாயகம், தாய்நாடு, பிறந்தநாடு

home minister                         உள்துறை அமைச்சர்    

home rule                               குடியாட்சி, தன்னாட்சி 

home secretary                       உள்துறைச் செயலர்     

beggar home                          இரவலர் இல்லம்

bring home                             நம்புவகை செய், நம்புவகை பதியச்செய்                            

broken home                          சிதறிய குடும்பம்

children’s home                      குழந்தைகள் இல்லம்    

old age home                          முதியோர் காப்பகம்      

maternity home                       மகப்பேறு இல்லம்       

home rule                               நாட்டுத் தன்னாட்சி      

juvenile home                         இளஞ்சிறார் காப்பகம்  

take home pay                        கையில்பெறும் ஊதியம்

take home pay                        கைக்கு வரும் ஊதியம்  

ministry of home affairs           உள்துறை அமைச்சகம் 

home based industry               உள்நாட்டுத் தொழில், வீட்டுத் தொழில்                                 

home consumption                  உள்நாட்டு நுகர்வு        

home equity debt                    வீட்டின்மீது கடன்       

home office                             வீட்டு அலுவலகம்       

home state                             தாய் மாநிலம்     

home trade                             உள்நாட்டு (குடும்ப) வணிகம் 

bill of entry for home consumption          உள்நுகர்வுக்காக வரும் உண்டியல்                             

home range                            வாழிட நெடுக்கம்         

home-range size                     தனிவிலங்குவகை வாழிட அளவு                                             

home range                            வாழிட எல்லை  

home institution                      விண்கல ஆய்வக நிறுவனம்    

home science                         மனையியல்       

farm and home visit                பண்ணை மற்றும் வீட்டிற்கு செல்லுதல்                             

home key                               வழிநடத்து விசைக்குமிழ், விரல் இயக்கா விசைக்குமிழ்            

home loop                              சிற்றிடத் தொலைபேசிக் கண்ணி                                             

home row                               தொடக்கச்சாவி வரிசை

home signal                            நிலைய அண்டைக்குறிகை, அகக்குறிகை                          

home-on-jam                          குறுக்கீட்டழிப்புத் தடங்காண் (ரேடார்கூறு)                         

home                                      அகம், இல்லம், முகப்பு 

home computer                       வீட்டுக் கணிப்பொறி   

home grown software              வீட்டில் செய் மென்பொருள்   

home key                               தொடக்கச் சாவி

home management software   வீட்டு மேலாண்மை மென்பொருள்                                             

home page                             முகப்புப் பக்கம்  

home record                           தொடக்க ஏடு    

home row                               தொடக்க நிரை  

home server                           முதன்மைச் சேவையகம்

tumble home                           உட்சரிவுக் கட்டமைப்பு

home economics                     குடும்பப் பொருளியல்  

home influence                       வீட்டின் தாக்கம்

home school relationship         வீடு-பள்ளி தொடர்புறவு         

farm and home visit                பண்ணை, இல்லச் செலவு      

juvenile delinquent home        இளங்குற்றவாளி இல்லம்       

home based business             வீட்டுத் தொழில்

home blend formulas              வீட்டு உணவுவகை      

home computer                       மனைக் கணினி 

home decoration                     மனை ஒப்பனை

home environment                  வீட்டுச் சூழல்    

home gardening                      வீட்டுத்தோட்டம் அமைத்தல்  

home help services                 வீட்டு உதவித்தொண்டு

home industries                      குடிசைத் தொழில்கள்   

home maker                           வீட்டை உருவாக்குபவர்         

home management                 மனை மேலாண்மை     

home parenteral nutrition        வீட்டில் சிரைவழி உணவூட்டம்                                             

home related work                  வீட்டு வேலைகள்        

home restraints                       வீட்டுக் கட்டுப்பாடுகள்

home sanitation                      வீட்டுத் துப்புறவு

home school relationship         வீடு, பள்ளி உறவு        

home science wing                 மனையியல் பிரிவு        

group home                            குழு உறைவிடம்

guest home                            விருந்தினர் இல்லம்      

foster home                            அனாதை இல்லம், வளர்ப்புக் குடும்பம்                                

democratic home                    சமஉரிமைக் குடும்பம்  

crowded home                        மக்கள் நிறைந்த வீடு    

broken home                          பிளவுபட்ட இல்லம்      

selecting a home                    வீட்டைத் தேர்ந்தெடுத்தல்      

poor home                              ஏழையர் இல்லம்

maternity home                       தாய் பேணு இல்லம்     

maternity nursing home           பேறுகாலச் சிகிச்சை இல்லம்  

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 1

home dialect                           வீட்டுக் கிளைமொழி    

                                                   -மொழியியல் கலைச்சொல்லகராதி - (1980)

Lunch Home                           நண்பகலுணவகம்        

                                                   -வணிகத் தொடர்பான சொற் பட்டியல் - (1996)

home banking                         இல்ல வங்கி நடவடிக்கை மேற்கொள்ளுதல்.                  

                     -வணிகவியல் அகராதி - (1994)

 

SITE

(Skeat) site, a locality, situation, place where a thing is set down or fixed. (F., —L.) ‘After the site, north or south;? Chaucer, On the Astrolabe, pt. ii. c.17. 1.24. = F. site, sit. ‘Sit, a site, or seat;’ Cot. - Lat. situm, acc. of situs, a site. -Lat. situs, pp. of sinere, to let, suffer, permit, of which an older meaning seems to have been to put, place. Root uncertain; the form of the root should be SI or SA. The Lat. ponere ( = po-sinere) is certainly a derivative of sinere. Der. situ-ate, situ-ation (see below); also the derivatives of ponere, for which see position. ¶ We frequently find the odd spelling scite.

(Chambers) site n. About 1380, position or location (of a building), physical situation of a place, in Chaucer's House of Fame and in his translation of Boethius' De Consolatione Philosophiae; borrowed from Anglo-French site, and directly from Latin situs (genitive sitūs) place, position, from si-, root of sinere let, leave alone, let remain, permit, of unknown origin.

(Onions) site sait †place occupied xiv (Ch.); ground on which a building, etc. is set up xv; situation of a place or building xvi. - an: site (xiv) or L. situs local position, perh. f. sit-, pp. stem of sinere leave, allow to remain (cf. situate). Hence vb. xvi.

(American Heritage) site n. 1. The place where a structure or group of structures was, is, or is to be located: a good site for the school. 2. The place or setting of something: a historic site; a job site. 3. Computer Science. A computer or network of computers associated with a unique identifying number on the Internet and electronically accessible, as through a browser. v. tr. sit·ed, sit·ing, sites. To situate or locate on a site: sited the power plant by the river. [Middle English, from Old French, from Latin situs. See situs.]

(OED) site

forms:  Middle English citee (transmission error), Middle English sighte, Middle English siȝt, Middle English siȝte, Middle English siht, Middle English siyt, Middle English syȝte, Middle English syhte, Middle English syyt, Middle English-1500s sight, Middle English-1600s syte, Middle English- site, 1500s-1600s scyte, 1500s-1800s scite, 1600s sitt (Scottish), 1700s cite.

origin: Of multiple origins. Partly (i) a borrowing from French. Partly (ii) a borrowing from Latin.

etymons: French site; Latin situs.

etymology: < (i) Anglo-Norman sit, site, sist, scis location, position (c1120), and its etymon (ii) classical Latin situs position (of a thing) in relation to is surroundings, situation, particular position occupied by a thing, arrangement, layout, layout of a region, geographical area, region, structure, in post-classical Latin also (of the body) attitude, position, or posture (3rd cent.) < sinere to leave alone, to allow (see sited adj.) + -tus, suffix forming nouns. Compare situs n.

  1. †a. A place or position; a location. Obsolete except in specific senses.

†b. Without article or other determiner: place, position, esp. in relation something else. Obsolete.

  1. The place or position occupied by some specified thing; the fixed or proper location of a thing. Now only in Anatomy.
  2. The location of a wound, tumour, disease, etc., in or on the body.
  3. a. The geographical location of a building, city, country, etc., or its position in relation to its surroundings; = situation n. 3. Also occasionally without article or other determiner.
  4. An area of land occupied by a building, town, etc., or which is set apart for some purpose.
  5. A place where something happens or has happened; the location of a specific event, occurrence, or activity.

†3. The way in which the parts of a person or thing are positioned; posture, bodily attitude. Obsolete.

  1. Archaeology. A place containing the remains of former human habitation; an excavation.
  2. The location within the body in which a physiological or pathological process occurs. In later use also Biochemistry and Molecular Biology: the location in or on a molecule, cell, etc., at which chemical activity or interaction occurs. Cf. site-directed adj. at Compounds 3.

†6. A framework of timber forming the foundation of a piece of scaffolding. Obsolete. rare.

  1. U.S. slang. A job on a fishing vessel.
  2. Computing.
  3. The location of a computer or computer system, esp. one that runs a web server.
  4. The notional location on the World Wide Web at which a particular collection of related and linked web pages, typically produced by a single person, organization, etc., can be accessed; = website n.

(Online Etymology) site (n.) "place or position occupied by something," especially with reference to environment, also "land on which a building stands, location of a village," late 14c., from Anglo-French site, Old French site "place, site; position," and directly from Latin situs "a place, position, situation, location, station; idleness, sloth, inactivity; forgetfulness; the effects of neglect," from past participle of sinere "let, leave alone, permit" (from PIE *si-tu-, from root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home").

Site -கலைச்சொற்கள்                  

site                                         களம் அமைவிடம் எல்லைவரைவிடம்                 

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

site                                         இடவெல்லை, மனைக்காக விடப்பட்ட இடம்                   

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

Site                                        மனை, இடம்     

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

active site                               செயல் அமைவிடம்      

site plan                                  மனை அமைப்புப் படம்

house site                               வீட்டுமனை       

archaeological site                  தொல்பொருள் களம்    

site and extent of infection       நோயின் இடமும் அளவும்       

ground rent                             மனைத் தீர்வை  

urban site rent                        நகர மனை வாரம்        

web marketing mix                  மின்வலைச் சந்தையிடல் கலவை                                             

site value                                இடமதிப்பு, மனையிட மதிப்பு 

site                                         பாத்தி, வளர்ப்பலகுப் பாத்தி, வளர்ப்புப் பாத்தி                    

site class                                வளர்ப்பலகு வகுப்பு, பாத்தி வகுப்பு                                             

site index                                காட்டுப்பாத்தித் தரச் சுட்டு     

site prep (site preparation)       காட்டுப்பாத்தி ஆயத்தப்படுத்தல்                                             

site rehabilitation                     காட்டுப்பாத்தி மீட்பு     

site sensitivity                         பாத்தி மண்தர மதிப்பீடு

site type                                  பாத்தி வளர்ப்பு மரவகை         

site, specific                            திட்டமிட்ட சிறப்புப் பாத்தி     

recreation site                         பொழுதுபோக்கு இடம் 

mechanical site preparation     எந்திர முறைக்கள ஆயத்தம்    

forest site                               காட்டு இடஅமைவு      

difficult site                             இடர்மிகு சூழலிடம் (மரம்வளர்க்க)                                             

chemical site preparation        வேதிமுறைக் கள ஆயத்தம்     

aboriginal resource site/unit    பழங்குடியினர் வள இருப்பிடம் (அலகு)                                  

archaeological site                  தொல்லியல் களம்        

site                                         அமைவிடம்       

site type                                  வாழ்விட வகை 

nestling site                            பறவை வாழ்விடம்       

hazardous waste site remediation தீங்குறு நச்சுக்கழிவுச் சீராக்கம்                                             

landing site                             கோளிறங்கும் இடம், இறங்குமிடம்                                             

launch site                              ஏவுகளம் 

site-directed mutagenesis            இடஞ்சார் சடுதிமாற்றம்     

site-specific recombination      இடஞ்சார்ந்த மறுசேர்க்கை     

restriction site                         வரம்புறுத்தப்பட்ட இடம்        

ribosome binding site              ரைபோசோம் பிணைக்கும் இடம்                                             

operator site                           இயக்குபவர் களம்        

active site                               வினைத்திறன் மையம்  

site of action                           வினைக்களம், இயக்கம் நடைபெறுமிடம்                     

ribosome binding site              புரதகம் ஒட்டும் பகுதி   

active site                               வினைபுரியும் இடம்     

active site                               செயல்நிலைக் களம்     

guidance site                          வழிகாட்டு தளம்

off - site facility                        அயல் வசதி       

mill site                                   ஆலை நிறுவு இடம்      

missile site radar                     ஏவுகணை களரேடார்   

web site                                  வலைத்தளம்      

web site addresses                 வலைத்தள முகவரிகள் 

site license                              கள உரிமம்        

site registration                       களப் பதிவு       

remote site                             தொலைத் தளம் 

archive site                             காப்பகத் தளம்   

house site                               வீட்டு மனை      

family site                               குடும்ப மனையிடம்      

binding site                             பிணை களம்     

brady site                               இணைப்புப் பகுதி        

building site                            கட்டட மனை    

selection of site                       இடத்தேர்வு      

site mark                                மனையிடக் குறி

site plan                                  மனையமைவுப் படம்   

pore site                                 துளைப்பகுதி     

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 

site                                         புரையிடம்         

                     -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

SITUATE

(Skeat) situate, placed. (L.) * In Shak. L. L. L. i. 2. 142. — Low Lat. situatus, pp. of situare, to locate, place; a barbarous word, found A.D. 1317 (Ducange). = Lat. situ-, stem of situs, a site; see site. Der. situat-ion, 2 Hen. IV, i. 3. 51, from F. situation, ‘a situation,’ Cot.

(Chambers) situate v. Probably before 1425 situaten put into proper position, set, in a translation of Chauliac's Grande Chirurgie; borrowed from Medieval Latin situatus, past participle of situare to place, locate, from Latin situs (genitive sitūs) place, position, site; for suffix see -ate. -situation n. Probably before 1425 situacion act of setting, position; borrowed through Middle French situation, or directly from Medieval Latin situationem (nominative situatio) position, location, situation, from situare; for suffix see -ation. The extended sense of a state or condition (as in an interesting situation, a situation of difficulty) is first recorded in English in 1710, as is the related sense of a position in life, or in relation to others. The specific sense of a job or post is found in 1803.

(John Ayto) situate [16] Situate, originally an adjective, goes back to late Latin situātus ‘placed’, a derivative of Latin situs ‘position’ (from which English gets site [14]). This probably originated as a noun use of situs, the past participle of sinere ‘allow’, hence ‘allow to stay’, hence ‘put’. ® site

(Onions) situate situated. xvr. - late L. situātus, f. L. situs site. Hence si·tuate vb., si·tuated xvi; see -ate2 and 3• So situa·tion. xv. - (O)F. or medL. Cf. medL. situāre.

(American Heritage) sit·u·ate v. tr. sit·u··at·ed, sit·u··at·ing, sit·u··ates. 1. To place in a certain spot or position; locate. 2. To place under particular circumstances or in a given condition. adj. Archaic. Situated. [Middle English, from Medieval Latin situa$re, situa$t-, to place, from Latin situs, location. See tkei in Appendix.]

(OED) situate

forms:  1500s cituat, 1500s cytuat, 1500s situat, 1500s-1600s cytuate, 1500s-1600s scituate, 1500s-1600s scytuate, 1500s- situate.

origin: A borrowing from Latin.

etymons: Latin situat-, situare.

etymology: < post-classical Latin situat-, past participial stem (see -ate suffix3) of situare (also scituare) to place (from 12th cent. in British sources, especially in passive construction; also in continental sources), to put (a building) into place, to site, to set up, establish (from 13th cent. in British sources) < classical Latin situs site n. Compare situate adj., situated adj., situation n.

  1. a. transitive. To put (something) in a certain place or position; (now usually spec.) to site (a building, etc.) in a particular location.
  2. transitive. To establish or place (a person) in a particular position. Also reflexive.

†2. intransitive. To be in a particular location; to take up a certain position. Obsolete. rare.

†3. transitive. To cause (a person) to be in a particular situation or set of circumstances. Obsolete. rare.

  1. transitive. To put (something) in a (specified) context; to describe the circumstances surrounding (something).

(Online Etymology) situate (v.) early 15c., situaten, "to place in a particular state or condition, give a site or position to," from Medieval Latin situatus, past participle of situare "to place, locate," from Latin situs "a place, position" (from PIE root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home"). Related: Situatedsituating.

Situate -கலைச்சொற்கள்              

embryonic situation                 கரு அமைவிடச்சூழல்   

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

situate                                    இடவரைவுறுத்து, எல்லைப் படுத்தியமை, சூழமைவுறுத்து. 

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

sit`uate                                   குறிப்பிட்ட சூழலில் அமை இடத்தில் வை                                       

                     -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

 

SITUATION

(Skeat) See situate

(Chambers) See situate

(Onions) See situate

(American Heritage) sit·u·a·tion n. 1. a. The way in which something is positioned vis-a-vis its surroundings. b. The place in which something is situated; a location. 2. Position or status with regard to conditions and circumstances. 3. The combination of circumstances at a given moment; a state of affairs. See Synonyms at state. 4. A critical, problematic, or striking set of circumstances. 5. A position of employment; a post.

(OED) Situation

forms:  late Middle English setuacyon, late Middle English situacioun, late Middle English-1500s cytuacyon, late Middle English-1500s sytuacion, late Middle English-1500s sytuacyon, 1500s cituacion, 1500s situacion, 1500s sytuatyon, 1500s-1600s cituation, 1500s-1600s scituacion, 1500s-1600s scytuacion, 1500s-1600s scytuation, 1500s-1600s sytuation, 1500s-1700s scituation, 1500s- situation, 1600s cittuation, 1600s sittuation; also Scottish pre-1700 situacioun, pre-1700 situacioune.

origin: Of multiple origins. Partly a borrowing from French. Partly a borrowing from Latin.

etymons: French situation; Latin situation-, situatio.

etymology: < (i) Middle French situation, situacion (French situation) position of a person or thing in relation to another (late 14th cent.), set of circumstances affecting a person or a thing (early 15th cent.; rare before late 17th cent.), region (mid 15th cent.), and its etymon (ii) post-classical Latin situation-, situatio position (from 13th cent. in British sources; 14th cent. in continental sources), place, site (14th cent.; from 15th cent. in British sources), act of setting in place (1363 in Chauliac in medical context; from 1513 in British sources) < situat-, past participial stem of situare situate v. + classical Latin -io -ion suffix1.

  1. Senses relating to location or physical position.

†1. a. Surgery. The action of placing an injured part or parts of the body in a position which favours healing. Also: the position of an injured part before or after such a procedure. Obsolete.

  1. The action of positioning something in a particular place. Obsolete.
  2. The action of settling a place; settlement, occupation. Obsolete.
  3. a. The exact position of a person or thing in relation to another or to surroundings; the arrangement or position of people or things in relation to each other or to surroundings.

b. A place occupied by a person, or at which a person resides. Obsolete.

  1. a. The location of a building, city, country, etc., in relation to its (esp. natural) surroundings; the area, region, etc., in which something is situated.

†b. Without article or other determiner, in the same sense: location, setting (of a building, city, country, etc., esp. in relation to its natural surroundings). Obsolete.

†4. Direction, course. Obsolete.

†5. a. The exact site on which a building, city, etc., is constructed. Obsolete.

  1. A place or locality considered as the site of a building, city, etc., or as somewhere to visit or spend time. Obsolete.

†6. A first coating of colour used as a ground (ground n. 6b) on which to paint. Obsolete.

†7. Horse Racing. Any of the first three positions or placings at the end of a race; a place (place n.1 18). Obsolete.

  1. Senses relating to a state or set of circumstances.

†8. a. The state or condition of something. Obsolete.

  1. b. A person's physical condition or state of health. Obsolete.
  2. a. A person's position or circumstances in life, esp. regarded as affecting his or her welfare.
  3. A position of employment; a job. Now formal.
  4. a. The position of a person with regard to a state of affairs or set of circumstances, esp. as concerning his or her influence, role, or power to act.
  5. A state of affairs, a set of circumstances. Frequently with modifying word.
  6. As the second element in compounds with preceding noun.

(a) A state of affairs or set of circumstances characterized or denoted by the first element.

(b) A state of affairs or set of circumstances affecting that denoted by the first element.

  1. euphemistic or colloquial (originally U.S.). A difficult, troubling, or problematic state of affairs or set of circumstances, typically one that requires immediate action; an emergency.
  2. A circumstance or set of circumstances, esp. of a striking or exciting nature, portrayed as affecting a character or characters in the course of a novel, play, film, or other dramatic work.
  3. As a count noun. Frequently in plural.
  4. As a mass noun.

(Online Etymology) situation (n.) early 15c., situacioun, "place, position, or location," from Old French situacion or directly from Medieval Latin situationem (nominative situatio) "a position, situation," noun of action from past-participle stem of situare "to place, locate," from Latin situs "a place, position" (from PIE root *tkei- "to settle, dwell, be home").

 

Situation -கலைச்சொற்கள்          

situation                                  அமைவுநிலை சூழமைவு         

economic situation                  பொருளியற்சூழல்        

central situation                      நடுவண்சூழமைவு        

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

situation                                  இடவெல்லை அமைதி, சுற்றுச் சார்பு நிலை                                    

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

Situation                                 நிலை நிலைமை சூழ்நிலை      

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

situation                                  சுற்றுச்சார் நிலை, சூழ்நிலை, நிலைமை                               

threatening situation                அச்சுறுத்துச் சூழல், அச்சமூட்டுச் சூழல்                                     

market situation                      சந்தை நிலவரம் 

work situation                          பணி நிலைமை  

situation ethics                        சூழ்நிலைமைசார் அறம்

situation                                  சூழல்

economic situation                  பொருளாதாரச் சூழல்   

employment situation report    வேலைவாய்ப்பு நிலைமை அறிக்கை                                             

crisis situation                         நெருக்கடி நிலைமை     

at the bell                               சந்தைத் தொடங்கும் நிலை, சந்தை முடியும் நிலை                        

learning situation                     கற்றல் சூழ்நிலை

electronic horizontal situation indicator    மின்னணுவியல் கிடைமட்ட நிலைகாட்டி         

situation map                          நிலைமை வரைபடம்    

situation-display tube              நிகழ்வு காட்சிக்குழாய்  

teaching learning situation       கற்பித்தல் கற்றல் சூழ்நிலை    

situation                                  சூழ்நிலை

gravity of situation                   சூழ்நிலை நெருக்கடி     

decision situation                    தீர்மானிப்புச் சூழல்      

conflict situation                      போராட்டச் சூழ்நிலை  

creating a situation                  சூழ்நிலை உருவாக்கம் 

critical situation                       உய்யச் சூழ்நிலை         

abstract situation                     கருத்தியல் சூழ்நிலை    

situation clause                       சூழல் அமைவு விதிப்பிரிவு     

social situation                        சமூக நிலைமை 

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி

situation                                  களன்      

situation defining variable        களன் வரையறு மாறி   

social situation                        சமூகக் களன்     

speech situation                      உரைக் களன்    

linguistic situation                    மொழிச் சூழல்   

informal situation                     முறைசாராக் களன்      

formal situation                       முறைக் களன்    

                                                   -மொழியியல் கலைச்சொல்லகராதி - (1980)

twig                                        நகைச்சுவைத் துணுக்கைப் புரிந்து சிரி                                        

situa`tion                                 பதவி, தொழில், நிலை, சூழல்  

                     -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

SITUS

(Skeat) See situate

(American Heritage) si·tus n. pl. situs. Position, especially normal or original position, as of a body organ or part. [Latin. See tkei- in Appendix.]

(OED) situs

origin: A borrowing from Latin.

etymon: Latin situs.

etymology: < classical Latin situs site n. Compare earlier site n.

  1. Place, position; location.
  2. Law. The place at which property is situated, or to which it is deemed to belong, for purposes of legal jurisdiction or taxation.
  3. U.S. Law. In the context of labour disputes: a work site, esp. one shared by two or more different employers. Cf. common situs picketing n. at Phrases.

(Online Etymology) situs (n.) Latin, "situation, position" (see site (n.)), used in English in certain technical writings (botany, archaeology, etc.) to indicate "proper or original position and location of something" (compare in situ).

Situs -கலைச்சொற்கள்                 

situs                                       களம் அமைவிடம் எல்லைவரைவிடம்                 

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

                                                  

Situs                                       இடங்குறித்தமைத்தல்  

                                                   - கலைச்சொல் விளக்க அகராதி - (2002)

 

HENRY

(OED) henry

forms:  1500s– Henry; Sc. pre-1700 Henré, pre-1700 Henri, pre-1700 Henry.

origin: From a proper name. Etymon: proper name Henry.

etymology: < Henry, the name of eight kings of England, and the name in English of various kings of France and Spain with the corresponding forename (compare e.g. French Henri, Spanish Enrique).

Now chiefly Numismatics.

As a modifier: designating any of various coins minted during the reign of a monarch named Henry, esp. one minted when Henry VI was King of England (1422–61, 1470–1), as in Henry groat, Henry noble, etc. Formerly also in simple use: †a coin of this type (obsolete).

(Online Etymology) Henry  masc. proper name, from French Henri, from Late Latin Henricus, from German Heinrich, from Old High German Heimerich, literally "the ruler of the house," from heim "home" (see home (n.)) + rihhi "ruler" (from PIE root *reg- "move in a straight line," with derivatives meaning "to direct in a straight line," thus "to lead, rule"). One of the most popular Norman names after the Conquest. Related: Henrician.

henry - கலைச்சொற்கள்                     

Marti-Henry rifel                                     சுழல் துப்பாக்கி வகை.

good-King-henry                                    அமெரிக்க வானிலைக்கு இணக்குவிக்கப்பட்ட ஐரோப்பியச் செடிவகை

stat henry                                               நிலைமின் மின்தூண்டல் அலகு

- ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

 

 

 

CEILIDH

(American Heritage) cei·lidh n. An Irish or Scottish social gathering with traditional music, dancing, and storytelling. [Irish Gaelic céilidhe, from Old Irish célide, visit, from céle, companion. See kei-1 in Appendix.]

(OED) ceilidh

forms:  Also ceilidhe.

etymology: < Irish céilidhe, Scottish Gaelic cēilidh, < Old Irish céile companion.

In Scotland and Ireland: (a) an evening visit, a friendly social call; (b) a session of traditional music, storytelling, or dancing; also attributive and figurative.

(Online Etymology) ceilidh (n.) "convivial evening social visit," typically with traditional music, 1868, from Irish céilidhe, from Old Irish céle "companion," from PIE *kei-liyo-, suffixed form of root *kei- (1) "beloved, dear," primarily "to lie; bed, couch."

Ceilidh -கலைச்சொற்கள்             

ceilidh                                     கதை பாடல்களுடன் பொழுதுபோக்கும் மாலை.      

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

 

 

CEMETERY

(Skeat) cemetery, a burial-ground. (L., -Gk.) In Bp. Taylor’s Holy Dying, 5. 8. § 6. — Low Lat. cemeterium. = Gk. κοιμητήριον, a sleeping-room, sleeping-place, cemetery. = Gk. κοιμάω, I lull to sleep; in pass., to fall asleep, sleep. The lit. sense is ‘I put to bed,’ the verb being the causal from κεῖμαι, I lie down. -√KI, to lie, rest; whence also Lat. quies, rest. See quiet. (Curtius, i. 178.)

(Chambers) cemetery n. About 1425 cymytory; earlier (in compound) simeterigarth cemetery yard or plot (1377), borrowed from Old French cimetiere, cimitere graveyard, from Late Latin coemētērium, (also cīmītērium), from Greek koimētḗrion sleeping room, (but used among early Christian ecclesiastical writers to mean "burial ground"), from koimân put to sleep, related to keîsthai to lie down. The Greek is cognate with Latin cūnae cradle, Sanskrit śéte he lies, rests, and Hittite kitta (he) lies, from Indo-European *kei-/koi- (Pok.539).

(John Ayto) cemetery [14] Not surprisingly for a word having associations with death, cemetery’s origins are euphemistic. It comes via late Latin coemētērium from Greek koimētérion, which originally meant ‘dormitory’ (it was a derivative of the verb koiman ‘put to sleep’); it was apparently early Greek Christian writers who first applied the word to burial grounds.

(Onions) cemetery burial-ground. xiv. -late L. cœmētērium (whence also F. cimetière) -Gr. koimētḕion dormitory, (in Christian writers) burial-ground, f. koimân put to sleep (cf. keîsthai lie down, rel. to home.)

(American Heritage) cem·e·ter·y n. pl. cem·e·ter·ies. A place for burying the dead; a graveyard. [Middle English cimiterie, from Old French cimitiere, from Medieval Latin cimite$rium, from Late Latin coeme$te$rium, from Greek koime$te$rion, from koiman, to put to sleep. See kei-1 in Appendix.]

(Online Etymology) cemetery (n.) "burial ground, place set aside for burial of the dead," late 14c., cimiterie, from Old French cimetiere "graveyard" (12c.), from Medieval Latin cemeterium, Late Latin coemeterium, from Greek koimeterion "sleeping place, dormitory," from koiman "to put to sleep," keimai "I lie down," from PIE root *kei- (1) "to lie," also forming words for "bed, couch."

Cemetry -கலைச்சொற்கள்           

cemetry                                  இடுகாடு 

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

 

 

CITY

(Skeat) city, a state, town, community. (F., -L.) In early use. M.E. cite, Ancren Riwle, p. 228. —O.F. cite, F. cité, a city. Lat. citatem, an abbreviated form of Lat. ciuitatem, acc. of ciuitas, a community (Brachet.) —Lat ciui-s, a citizen. β. Closely related to Lat. quies, rest; the radical meaning is an inhabitant of a ‘hive’ or resting-lace; cf. Gk. κώμη, a village, Goth. haims, a home, heiwa, a hive, tae see Curtius, i.178. Thus the related words in English are hive, home, and quiet. —√KI, to lie, to rest; whence Skt. çὲ, to lie, Gk. κεῖμαι, I lie, rest. Der. citizen, q. v., citadel, q. v.; and see civic, civil.

(Chambers) city n. Probably before 1200 cite town, borough, especially a walled town or city and its government; also a cathedral town with its bishopric, in Ancrene Riwle; borrowed from Old French cité, earlier citet, from Latin cīvitātem (nominative cīvitās) condition of a citizen, citizenship, citizenry, the state, city, from cīvis citizen; for suffix see -ty2. Latin cīvis is cognate with Sanskrit sivá-s trusty, worthy, and Old English hiwen household, family, from Indo-European kei-uo-, root *kei-lie down (Pok. 539); related to home. -citified adj. 1828, American English, formed from English city + -fied, past participial form of -fy, as if from the later formation citify (1865). -cityward adv., adj. Probably about 1375, formed from Middle English cite + -ward.

(John Ayto) city [13] The Latin word for ‘city’ was urbs (whence English urban), but a ‘citizen’ was cīvis. From this was derived the noun cīvitās, which originally had the abstract sense ‘citizenship’. Gradually it acquired more concrete connotations, eventually coming to be used as a synonym of urbs. It passed into English via Old French cite, and at first was used for any settlement, regardless of size (although it was evidently felt to be a grander term than the native borough); the modern distinction between towns and cities developed during the 14th century. The Italian descendant of Latin cīvitās is città. A now obsolete variant of this was cittade, whose diminutive form is the source of English citadel [16]. ® citadel, citizen, civil

(Onions) city †town (often in biblical and derived use; a more dignified substitute for OE. burh borough) xiii; town of ecclesiastical or political importance xiv. ME. cite - (O)F. cité = Pr., Cat. ciutat, Sp. ciudad, Pg. cidade, It. cittὰ, Rum. cetate (castle, fortress) :- L. cīvitātem, nom. cīvitās condition (see -TY) of a citizen, citizenship, body of citizens, body politic, state, (later, an equivalent of urbs) city, f. cīvis (see civic).

(American Heritage) cit·y n. pl. cit·ies. Abbr. C. 1. A center of population, commerce, and culture; a town of significant size and importance. 2. a. An incorporated municipality in the United States with definite boundaries and legal powers set forth in a charter granted by the state. b. A Canadian municipality of high rank, usually determined by population but varying by province. c. A large incorporated town in Great Britain, usually the seat of a bishop, with its title conferred by the Crown. 3. The inhabitants of a city considered as a group. 4. An ancient Greek city-state. 5. City. An area or complex specializing in a particular type of merchandise. Often used in combination: Car City on Route 1A; Bargain City. 6. Slang. Used in combination as an intensive: The playing field was mud city after the big rain. [Middle English cite, from Old French, from Latin ci$vita$s, from ci$vis, citizen. See kei-1 in Appendix.]

(OED) city

forms:  Middle English cetee, Middle English cetie, Middle English scite, Middle English setis (plural), Middle English sitte, Middle English syte, Middle English syttey, Middle English-1500s cete, Middle English-1500s cety, Middle English-1500s cite, Middle English-1500s cyte, Middle English-1500s cytee, Middle English-1500s cytte, Middle English-1500s cytye, Middle English-1500s sete, Middle English-1500s site, Middle English-1500s syty, Middle English-1600s citee, Middle English-1600s citie, Middle English-1600s citte, Middle English-1600s cittee, Middle English-1600s cittie, Middle English-1600s citye, Middle English-1600s cytie, Middle English-1600s cyttye, Middle English-1600s cyty, Middle English-1700s citty, Middle English- city, 1500s ceite, 1500s cetye, 1500s ceytie, 1500s cietie, 1500s citey, 1500s cittey, 1500s cyttey, 1500s setye, 1500s sittey, 1500s syttye, 1500s zittie, 1500s-1600s cittye, 1500s-1600s cyttie, 1600s cettie, 1600s chittie, 1600s chitty, 1600s cytty; also Scottish pre-1700 ceite, pre-1700 ceitie, pre-1700 ceittie, pre-1700 cete, pre-1700 cetie, pre-1700 ciete, pre-1700 cietie, pre-1700 ciette, pre-1700 cietye, pre-1700 cite, pre-1700 citee, pre-1700 citie, pre-1700 citte, pre-1700 cittie, pre-1700 citty, pre-1700 cyete, pre-1700 cyte, pre-1700 scitie, pre-1700 1700s- city.

origin: A borrowing from French.

etymon: French cité.

etymology: < Anglo-Norman citee, citté, cittee, ceté, cetee, sité, sitté, scité, seté, Anglo-Norman and Old French, Middle French cité (French cité) a town, especially an important town (c1100; 10th cent. as ciutat; mid 11th cent. as ciptet with reference to Rome; second half of the 12th cent. or earlier with reference to biblical places), the Judaeo-Christian heaven, regarded as a city (first half of the 12th cent., originally in cité de Deu: see City of God n.), the oldest or fortified part of a town (c1350), the inhabitants of a city collectively (although this meaning is apparently first attested later than in English: c1370), in Anglo-Norman also the historic central part of London (a1377 or earlier) < classical Latin cīvitāt-, cīvitās organized community, state, people living in a community, citizens of a state, state consisting of a city or of a city and surrounding district, town, rights of a citizen, citizenship, in post-classical Latin also Jerusalem (Vulgate), the Church, heaven (5th cent. in Augustine) < cīvis citizen (see civic adj.) + -tās (see -ty suffix1; compare -ity suffix). Compare Old Occitan ciptat, ciutat, cieutat (12th cent.), Catalan ciutat (c1200), Spanish ciudad (end of the 12th cent. as †cibdat, †cibdad), Portuguese cidade (13th cent.), Italian città (mid 13th cent.; beginning of the 13th cent. as †citad; also mid 13th cent. as †citade, †citate, †cittade). Compare earlier town n. and borough n., and see discussion at those entries.

†1. Esp. with reference to biblical places, as Nain, Bethlehem, etc.: a town or other inhabited place. Obsolete.

  1. A large or important municipality.
  2. With reference to English-speaking places: a municipality traditionally or officially designated a city, being larger in size or population, or having greater status, than a town.
  3. In general use, and with reference to non-English-speaking places: a municipality of larger size or population than a town.
  4. Chiefly with the. The built-up and densely inhabited part of a region as distinguished from the countryside; urban areas. Cf. country n. 3.
  5. With modifying word or postmodifying of-phrase as a name or nickname for a particular city having some specified distinguishing feature or characteristic, or characterized by association with some specified thing.
  6. With the and singular or plural agreement.
  7. The inhabitants of a city (sense 2) considered collectively.
  8. b. The official or legal representatives of the inhabitants of a city; the city authorities.
  9. In extended use and figurative.
  10. With modifying word or of-phrase. In religious language: heaven or paradise, portrayed as a city in which God, his angels, and the beatified reside. Frequently in celestial city, heavenly city, etc. Cf. City of God n. at Phrases 1, Holy City n. at holy adj. and n. Compounds 2a.
  11. Something likened in some way to a city (sense 2). In later use: spec. an assembly or group of people, animals, or things likened to a city in being large in size or number.
  12. Originally U.S. slang. Also with capital initials. As the second element in compounds denoting a situation, place, person, etc., characterized by or abounding in an attribute or quality specified by the modifying word.
  13. Ancient History. A Greek or Roman city-state; = polis n.2
  14. British. With the and usually with capital initial.
  15. The City of London, the small historic central part of London situated within its ancient boundaries and under the jurisdiction of the Lord Mayor and the City of London Corporation, having official city status in its own right. Also: the inhabitants of this district; the Corporation itself.
  16. spec. The business part or community of this district, traditionally situated in the neighbourhood of the Royal Exchange and Bank of England and regarded as London's financial centre. In later use also more generally: the financial or business sectors of London.

(Online Etymology) city (n.) c. 1200, from Old French cite "town, city" (10c., Modern French cité), from earlier citet, from Latin civitatem (nominative civitas; in Late Latin sometimes citatem) originally "citizenship, condition or rights of a citizen, membership in the community," later "community of citizens, state, commonwealth" (used, for instance of the Gaulish tribes), from civis "townsman," from PIE root *kei- (1) "to lie," also forming words for "bed, couch," and with a secondary sense of "beloved, dear."

City -கலைச்சொற்கள்                  

card board city                        அட்டைப்பலகை நகரம்

city                                         மாநகர் நகரம்    

city branch                              மாநகரக் கிளை  

city editor                                நகரச் செய்தியாசிரியர் 

city father                               நகரக் குரிசில்    

city foming industries              நகருருவாக்கும் தொழிற்சாலைகள்                                             

city improvement trust             நகரமேம்பாட்டு-நம்பகம்         

city survey                              நகர அளக்கை   

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

garden-city                              தோட்ட நப்ர்     

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

city                                         மாநகரம், பெரிய நகரம், முதன்மைவாய்ந்த பேரூர்        

cityward                                  நகரம் நோக்கிய, (வினையடை) நகரத்தை நோக்கி.                  

citywards                                நகரத்தை நோக்கி.        

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

City                                        மாநகர்    

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

city                                         மாநகர், பெருநகர்        

city compensatory allowance   மாநகர ஈட்டுப்படி        

city improvement trust             மாநகர மேம்பாட்டுப் பொறுப்பாட்சிக் குழுமம்         

city police                               மாநகரக் காவல், மாநகரக் காவல்துறை                           

city civil court                          மாநகர் உரிமையியல் நீதிமன்றம்                                             

city police                               மாநகர நீதிமன்றம்       

garden city movement             நகரச் சூழல் மேம்பாட்டியக்கம்

city states                               நகர அரசுகள்    

satellite city                             துணைநகர்        

garden city                             தோட்டப் பெருநகரம்   

greyair city                              சாம்பல் படிவு மாநகரங்கள்     

contemporary city                   வான மாநகரம் (மீவள நகரம்) 

star city                                  விண்மீன் நகரம்

city plan                                  மாநகர வரைபடம்        

ionic city                                 திண்ம அயனிப்பண்பு  

city ledger                               நகரப் பேரேடு   

                     -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

 

CIVIC

(Skeat) civic, belonging to a citizen. (L.) ‘A civick chaplet;’ Holland’s Pliny, b. xvi. c. 4. —Lat. ciuicus, belonging to a citizen. Lat. ciuis, a citizen. See city.

(Chambers) civic adj. 1542, borrowed from Latin cīvicus of or for a citizen (chiefly in the phrase corōna cīvica civic crown or garland, awarded to one who saved the life of a fellow citizen in war), from cīvis citizen, see city; for suffix see -ic.

It is unlikely that Middle French civique (1504) was a part of the borrowing process, as the first recorded use in English is in Udall's translation of Erasmus' Apothegms written in Latin. The earliest use in English referred to the civic crown or garland. The meaning "of or having to do with a citizen or citizens" is first recorded in 1790, in Burke's works on the French Revolution.

-civics n.pl. 1886, American English, formed from English civic + s, on analogy with politics.

(Onions) civic pert. to a citizen or citizens xvi; of a city xvii; of citizenship, civil xviii. -F. civique or L. cīvicus, f. cīvis citizen; see hide2, and -ic. As sb. pl. (after politics) xix (orig. U.S. 1886).

(American Heritage) civ·ic adj. Of, relating to, or belonging to a city, a citizen, or citizenship; municipal or civil. [Latin ci$vicus, from ci$vis, citizen. See kei-1 in Appendix.]

(OED) civic

forms:  1500s ciuicque, 1500s ciuike, 1500s cyuicke, 1500s-1600s ciuique, 1600s ciuicke, 1600s ciuik, 1600s civick, 1600s civicke, 1600s-1700s ciuick, 1600s- civic.

origin: A borrowing from Latin.

etymon: Latin cīvicus.

etymology: < classical Latin cīvicus of one's town or city, of or connected with fellow citizens, involving fellow citizens, legal (as opposed to military) < cīvis citizen (< the same Indo-European base as the first element of the Germanic compounds cited at hird n.) + -icus -ic suffix. Compare Middle French, French civique (1504 in couronne civique); in early use the French word was used chiefly in sense 1; wider application only became common in the 18th cent., and the word was in frequent use during the French Revolution; compare also Spanish cívico (1490; in early use chiefly in sense 1), Portuguese cívico (1553), Italian civico (1587 in sense 1; 1796 in broader use). Compare earlier civil adj.

  1. Roman History. Designating a crown or garland of oak leaves and acorns given in ancient Rome as a mark of distinction to a person who saved the life of a fellow citizen in war; of or relating to this. Also in extended use.
  2. Of, belonging to, or relating to a citizen or citizens; of or relating to citizenship or to the rights, duties, etc., of the citizen; befitting a citizen.
  3. a. Of, belonging to, or relating to a city, town, borough, or other community of citizens; esp. of or relating to the administration and affairs of such a community; municipal.
  4. Of, relating to, or characteristic of the city or town considered as a locality; urban. Now rare.

†4. Of or relating to the community of ordinary citizens; not military; civilian. Cf. civil adj. 15. Obsolete. rare.

(Online Etymology)  civic (adj.) 1540s, "pertaining to a city or citizenship," originally in civic crown (Latin corona civica), a chaplet of oak leaves awarded to one who saved the life of a fellow citizen in battle, from Latin civicus "of a citizen," adjectival derivative of civis "townsman" (see city). Sense of "having to do with citizens" is from 1790.

civic -கலைச்சொற்கள்                 

civic administration                  குடியியலாண்மை         

civic consciousness                 குடிமையுணர்வு 

civic rights                              குடியியலுரிமைகள்      

civic sense                              குடிமை ஞானம் 

civic service                            குடியியற்பணி   

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

civic                                        நகரம் சார்ந்த, நகரமக்களுக்குரிய                                             

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

civic amenities                        குடிமை நலன்கள்         

civic culture                             குடிமைப் பண்பாடு      

civic humanism                       குடிமக்கள் மனிதநேயம்

civic amenities                        நகர வசதிகள்    

civic consciousness                 குடிமை நல உணர்வு    

civic amenities                        அடிப்படை வாழ்க்கை வசதிகள்                                             

civic competence                    குடிமைத் தகுதி  

civic education                        குடிமைக் கல்வி 

civic right                                குடியுரிமை        

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

Civic                                       குடிமை   

-தமிழ்நாட்டுப்பாடநூல் கலைச்சொல் அகராதி-(2021-2022)

civ`ic                                       குடியுரிமையியல்

                                                   -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

CIVIL

(Skeat) civil, relating to a community. (L.) ‘Ciuile warre;’ Udal, Matt. c. 10; ciuilytye is in Sir T. More’s Works, p. 951 h. -Lat. ciuilis, belonging to citizens. —Lat. ciuis, a citizen. Der. civil-ly, civil-i-ty; civil-ise, Dryden, Stanzas on Oliver Cromwell, st. 17; civil-is-at-ion, civil-i-an. And see city. [+]

(Chambers) civil adj. Before 1387, in Trevisa's translation of Higden's Polychronicon; borrowed through Old French civil, and directly as a learned borrowing from Latin cīvīlis of or proper to a citizen, relating to private rights, state law, and public life, urbane in manner, from cīvis citizen; see city. Though distinctions of meaning were already known in Latin, the meaning "polite" is not recorded in English before 1606, "not barbarous, civilized" before 1553, and the distinction between military and ecclesiastical function and that of the ordinary citizen was not recorded as drawn before 1592. -civil defense (1939) -civil law (about 1380) -civil liberty (1788) -civil rights (1721) -civil servant (1800) -civil service (about 1785) -civil war (probably before 1439) -civilian n. Before 1397, judge or authority on civil law, in Prologue to the Wycliffe Bible; borrowed from Old French civilien of the civil law, from civil civil; for suffix see -ian. The meaning "non- military person" is first recorded in 1829, formed from English civilian. adj. 1645, in Milton's writings, from the noun. -civility n. About 1384, in the Wycliffe Bible, borrowed from Old French civilité, from Latin cīvīlitātem (nominative cīvīlitās) courteousness, politeness, from cīvīlis; for suffix see -ity.

(John Ayto) civil [14] Latin cīvis ‘citizen’ had two adjectival derivatives which have passed into English: cīvicus, source of civic [16], and cīvīlis, from which, via Old French, we get civil. Of its derivatives, civility [14] comes from Latin cīvīlitās, but civilize [17] and civilian [14] are French creations. ® civilize, city

(Onions) civil A. of citizens xiv (batayle ciuile); befitting a citizen; civilized; refined, 'polite' xvi; courteous xvii; B. non-ecclesiastical xvi; non-military xvii; opp. to (i) criminal, (ii) natural xvii. - (O)F. civil- L. cīvīlis, f. cīvis citizen; see civic and -ile. So civi·lity. xiv. - (O)F. civilité- L. civilitas, orig. used to render Gr. polītikḗ civil government, politics, polīteίā citizenship, polity. ci·vilize. xvii. -F. civiliser; hence civiliza·tion. xviii.

(American Heritage) civ·il adj. Abbr. civ. 1. Of, relating to, or befitting a citizen or citizens: civil duties. 2. Of or relating to citizens and their interrelations with one another or with the state: civil society; the civil branches of government. 3. Of ordinary citizens or ordinary community life as distinguished from the military or the ecclesiastical: civil authorities. 4. Of or in accordance with organized society; civilized. 5. Sufficiently observing or befitting accepted social usages; not rude: a civil reply. See Synonyms at polite. 6. Being in accordance with or denoting legally recognized divisions of time: a civil year. 7. Law. Relating to the rights of private individuals and legal proceedings concerning these rights as distinguished from criminal, military, or international regulations or proceedings. [Middle English, from Latin ci$vi$lis, from ci$vis, citizen. See kei-1 in Appendix.]

(OED) civil

forms:  Middle English civille, Middle English cyvel, Middle English cyvyl, Middle English cyvyle, Middle English cywell, Middle English sevile, Middle English siuile, Middle English siuyle, Middle English 1600s civell, Middle English 1600s cyvile, Middle English-1500s ciuyle, Middle English-1500s cyuile, Middle English-1500s cyuyl, Middle English-1500s cyuyle, Middle English-1600s ciuil, Middle English-1600s ciuile, Middle English-1600s civile, Middle English-1600s cyuil, Middle English-1600s cyvill, Middle English- civil, 1500s ceuell, 1500s ciuyl, 1500s cyuel, 1500s cyuell, 1500s cyville, 1500s-1600s ciuel, 1500s-1600s ciuell, 1500s-1600s ciuill, 1500s-1600s civill, 1500s-1600s cyuill, 1500s-1600s cyvell, 1700s civel (North American), 1700s sivil, 1700s sivill; Scottish pre-1700 ceiuill, pre-1700 ceueill, pre-1700 ceuill, pre-1700 cevile, pre-1700 cevill, pre-1700 ceweill, pre-1700 cewil, pre-1700 cewille, pre-1700 ciuiell, pre-1700 ciuil, pre-1700 ciuile, pre-1700 ciuill, pre-1700 ciuille, pre-1700 ciuyle, pre-1700 ciuyll, pre-1700 civel, pre-1700 civell, pre-1700 civelle, pre-1700 civile, pre-1700 civill, pre-1700 civille, pre-1700 ciweill, pre-1700 ciwell, pre-1700 ciwil, pre-1700 ciwill, pre-1700 cyuell, pre-1700 cyvile, pre-1700 cyvill, pre-1700 cyvyle, pre-1700 cyvylle, pre-1700 cywel, pre-1700 cywil, pre-1700 sevill, pre-1700 sivell, pre-1700 sivill, pre-1700 siweill, pre-1700 1700s- civil.

origin: Of multiple origins. Partly a borrowing from French. Partly a borrowing from Latin.

etymons: French civil; Latin cīvīlis.

etymology: < (i) Anglo-Norman and Middle French civil (French civil ) (in legal use, of a case, law code, etc.) not belonging to criminal law, not belonging to canon law, relating to the relations between ordinary citizens (1290 in Old French), that concerns the citizen or his life, rights, etc. (1330), (of war) occurring within a society (a1413 in guerre civile ), polite, courteous (c1460), not belonging to the military or religious spheres (1835), and its etymon (ii) classical Latin cīvīlis of or relating to citizens, (of war) occurring between citizens, of or connected with such war, (of law) for citizens, of or according to such law, forensic, legal, determined by law, (of divisions of time) legally recognized, of or connected with the running of the state, political, relating to the citizen as distinct from the soldier, of or suited to one's status as a citizen, suitable for a private citizen, unassuming, unpretentious < cīvis citizen + -īlis -il suffix. Compare Catalan civil (14th cent.), Spanish civil (12th cent.), Portuguese civil (14th cent.), Italian civile (13th cent.); also Middle Dutch civil (15th cent.; Dutch civiel), German zivil (17th cent.). With the semantic development compare social adj., and also later civic adj.

  1. adj.
  2. General uses, relating to community and citizenship.
  3. Of warfare, conflict, etc.: occurring within a society or community; taking place between inhabitants of the same country or state, or between the populace and the ruling power; of or relating to such conflict. See also civil war n. at Compounds 2.
  4. Of, relating to, or designating a community, state, or body politic as a whole; esp. of or relating to the organization or internal affairs of such a body.
  5. a. Of or relating to citizens or people who live together in a community; relating or belonging to members of a body politic.

†b. That lives or is disposed to live as part of a community; (also) that is a citizen. Cf. social adj. 6. Obsolete.

†4. Befitting or appropriate to a citizen or citizens generally. Obsolete.

  1. That is in a condition of advanced social development such as is considered typical of an organized community of citizens; characteristic of or characterized by such a state of development; civilized. Now rare.

6.†a. Of a person or his or her attributes, behaviour, etc.: educated; cultured, cultivated; well-bred. Obsolete.

  1. Of a thing: highly-developed, advanced, sophisticated; refined. Now rare.

†c. Of clothing, behaviour, etc.: decent, seemly, respectable; not showy, sober. Obsolete.

  1. a. Courteous, or obliging in behaviour to others; demonstrating or indicative of such behaviour; polite. In later use frequently with negative overtones: demonstrating only a minimum degree of politeness or courtesy; not rude.
  2. In extended use; esp. (chiefly Newfoundland) of the weather.
  3. the civil thing: what is considered courteous, polite, or correct; the proper course of action. Frequently in to do the civil thing.
  4. Having or demonstrating proper public or social order; well-governed; orderly. rare in later use (chiefly Irish English (northern)).

†9. Civic, municipal; urban. Obsolete.

†10. Public, popular. Obsolete. rare.

†11. Benevolent; kind, considerate. Obsolete.

  1. Specific and technical uses.
  2. In legal contexts.
  3. With reference to civil law n. 1: of, relating, or according to Roman law or any of various systems or codes of law historically derived from this. Cf. Roman law n.
  4. b. With reference to civil law n. 3: of or relating to the relations between ordinary citizens and the legal proceedings employed in settling these, as distinct from relations between the citizen and the state dealt with under criminal law; not criminal. Also: of or relating to the community of ordinary citizens and the rules governing them, as opposed to any of various subgroups; not military, ecclesiastical, commercial, etc. Cf. civil court n. at Compounds 2.
  5. a. Non-ecclesiastical; non-religious, non-sacred; secular.
  6. Of a marriage: secular; spec. (of a wedding ceremony) conducted by an officer of the state, rather than as a religious ceremony. Cf. civil union n. (a) at Compounds 2.
  7. a. Legal; in the eyes of the law and the community; in terms of legal rights or status. Opposed to natural.
  8. Of a division of time: legally and practically recognized for the purposes of ordinary life and social organization; of or relating to this. Opposed to natural, astronomical, solar, etc.
  9. Not military or naval; civilian. Cf. civil aviation n., civil defence n. at Compounds 2, civil service n.
  10. 16. Theology. Virtuous but lacking faith; good or moral as a result of reason or natural inclination rather than the inspiration of Christian belief.
  11. n.

†1. a. = civil law n. 1. Obsolete.

  1. A civil lawyer; = civilian n. 1. Obsolete. rare.

†2. In plural.

  1. Civil matters or affairs, esp. as opposed to spiritual or ecclesiastical ones. Cf. spiritual n. 3. Obsolete.
  2. b. Civil standing or position. Obsolete. rare.
  3. colloquial. = the civil thing at sense A. 7c. Frequently in to do the civil. Now rare.
  4. a. Usually in plural. A civil engineer.
  5. British. In plural. Civil engineering. Chiefly attributive.
  6. adv.

= civilly adv.   Now rare (chiefly colloquial in later use).

(Online Etymology) civil (adj.) late 14c., "relating to civil law or life; pertaining to the internal affairs of a state," from Old French civil "civil, relating to civil law" (13c.) and directly from Latin civilis "relating to a society, pertaining to public life, relating to the civic order, befitting a citizen," hence by extension "popular, affable, courteous;" alternative adjectival derivative of civis "townsman" (see city).

Civil -கலைச்சொற்கள்                 

city civil court                          நகர உரிமையியல் நயனகம்    

civil                                         குமுகத்துக்குரிய பொதுத்துறை சார்ந்த                                   

civil                                         உரிமையியல்    

civil action                               உரிமை வழக்கு  

civil death                               உரிமை அறவு   

civil engineer                           கட்டடப் பொறிஞர், குடிமைப் பொறிஞர்                              

civilist                                     குடிமையியல் சட்ட வல்லுநர்  

civility                                     நயநாகரிகம்      

civil jurisdiction                        உரிமையியல் அதிகாரம்         

civil law                                   உரிமை வழக்குச் சட்டம்         

civil liability                              உரிமையியற் பொறுப்பு

civil liberty                               விடுதலையுரிமை மக்களுரிமை

civil lines                                 பொதுக் குடியிருப்புகள்

civil list                                   அரசு அலுவலர் பட்டியல்       

civil officer                              குடியியல் அலுவலர்     

civil proceedings                     உரிமையியல் நடிவடிக்கைகள்

civil registration system           குடியுரிமைப் பதிவுமுறை        

civil remedy                            உரிமைமுறைத் தீர்வழி 

civil service                             பொதுத்துறை அலுவல்

civil society                             குடிமைக்குமுகம்

civil suit                                  உரிமையியல் வழக்கீடு

civil supplies                           குடிமைப்பொருள் வழங்கல்    

civil war                                  உள்நாட்டுப்போர்        

code of civil procedure            உரிமையியல்-நடைமுறைச்சட்டம்                                             

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

civil                                         கூடிவாழும் இயல்புடைய, சமுதாயத்துக்குரிய                  

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

civil                                        குடிமுறைக்குரிய உரிமையியலான நாகரிகமானபடைத்துறை சாராத    

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

civil day                                  நடைமுறை நாள்

civil time                                 நடைமுறை நேரம்        

civil year                                 நடைமுறை ஆண்டு      

tamil nadu civil services rules  தமிழ்நாடு அரசுப் பணியாளர் விதிகள்                                  

indian civil service                   இந்தியக் குடிமுறை ஆட்சிப்பணி                                             

city civil court                          மாநகர உரிமையியல் நீதிமன்றம்                                             

civil                                         சீரியல், உரிமையியல், நாகரிகமான, குடிமுறைக்குரிய                     

civil accounts code                  குடிமுறைக் கணக்கு விதித்தொகுப்பு                                             

civil budget estimate               குடிமுறை வரவு-செலவுத் திட்ட மதிப்பீடு                                

civil court                                உரிமையியல் வழக்குமன்றம்   

civil disobedience                    சட்டமறுப்பு       

civil engineer                           கட்டடப் பொறியாளர்  

civil engineering works            கட்டடப் பொறியியல் வேலை

civil jurisdiction                        உரிமையியல் ஆட்சி எல்லை  

civil list                                   அரசுப்பணியாளர் பட்டியல்    

civil procedure code                உரிமையியல் நடைமுறை விதித்தொகுப்பு                      

civil proceeding                       உரிமையியல் வழக்கு நடவடிக்கை                                             

civil remedy                            உரிமையியல் தீர்வு      

civil servant                            குடிமுறை அரசுப்பணியாளர்   

civil service                             குடிமுறை அரசுப்பணி  

civil service regulations           குடிமுறை அரசுப்பணி விதிமுறைகள்                                             

civil supplies                           குடிமைப் பொருட்கள்   

civil surgeon                           குடிமை அறுவை மருத்துவர்    

action, civil                              உரிமையியல் நடவடிக்கை, உரிமையியல் வழக்கு             

civil and criminal liability          உரிமையியல் மற்றும் குற்றவியல் பொறுப்புரிமை                      

civil and criminal procedure     உரிமையியல் மற்றும் குற்றவியல் நடைமுறை                            

civil appeals                            உரிமையியல் மேல்முறையீடுகள்                                             

civil death                               சட்ட உரிமை இழப்பு   

civil disobedience movement   சட்ட மறுப்பு இயக்கம்  

civil law                                   உரிமையியல் சட்டம்    

civil miscellaneous appeal       உரிமையியல் பல்வகை மேல்முறையீடு                       

civil miscellaneous petition      உரிமையியல் பல்வகை மனு   

civil nature                              உரிமை இயல்பு 

civil offence                            உரிமையியல் குற்றம்   

civil prison                              உரிமையியல் சிறை     

civil proceedings                     உரிமையியல் நடவடிக்கைகள்

civil remedy                            உரிமையியல் தீர்வழி   

civil revision petition                உரிமையியல் சீராய்வு மனு     

civil right                                 உரிமையியல் உரிமை  

civil rules of practice                உரிமையியல் நடைமுறை விதிகள்                                             

civil servants                           அரசு அலுவலர்கள்      

civil service                             அரசுப் பணி      

civil suit                                  உரிமையியல் வழக்கு   

civil supplies                           குடிமைப் பொருள் வழங்கல்   

civil war                                  உள்நாட்டுப் போர்       

civil wrong                              உரிமையியல் தீங்கு     

code of civil procedure            உரிமையியல் நடைமுறைத் தொகுப்புச் சட்டம்                  

court, civil                               உரிமையியல் நீதிமன்றம்        

court, principal civil                 முதன்மை உரிமையியல் நீதிமன்றம்                                             

extraordinary original civil jurisdiction      சிறப்பு முதனிலை உரிமையியல் ஆள்வரை வரம்பு

jurisdiction, civil                       உரிமையியல் ஆள்வரை         

liability, civil                             உரிமையியல் கடப்பாடு         

nature, civil                             உரிமையியல் தன்மை  

pendency of civil suit               உரிமையியல் வழக்கு நடப்பில் இருத்தல்                                

suits of civil nature                  உரிமையியல் தன்மைகொண்ட வழக்குகள்                             

uniform civil code                    சீரான உரிமையியல் நடைமுறைத் தொகுப்பு                               

civil disobedience                    குடிமக்கள் சட்டமறுப்பு

civil liberties                            குடிமக்கள் இயல்உரிமைகள்   

civil rights                               குடிமக்கள் உரிமைகள் 

civil service                             குடிமைப் பணி, பொதுப் பணி 

civil society                             பொதுச் சமூகம், குடிமைச் சமூகம்                                             

civil law                                   குடிமையியல் சட்டம்    

civil servants                           குடிமுறைப் பணியாட்கள்       

civil administration                   குடிமுறை ஆட்சி

civil code                                உரிமையியல் விதித்தொகுப்பு 

marriage by civil                      சடங்கில்லாத் திருமணம்         

uniform civil code                    பொது உரிமையியல் சட்டம்   

civil and criminal proceeding    உரிமையியல், குற்றவியல் நடவடிக்கை                           

code of civil procedure            உரிமையியல் நடைமுறைச் சட்டம்                                             

civil day                                  பொதுநடைமுறை நாள்

civil time                                 பொதுநடைமுறைக் காலம்      

civil twilight                             பொது மெல்லொளி     

local civil time                         உள்ளூர்ச் சராசரி நேரம்

civil airway                              பொது விமான வழி      

civil airways                            பொது வான்கலத்துறை

civil day                                  பொது நடைமுறை நாள்

civil engineering                      குடிமைப் பொறியியல்  

civil marriage act                     குடிமைத் திருமணச் சட்டம்     

civil servant                            ஆட்சிப் பணியாளர்      

civil supply corporation            நுகர்பொருள் வழங்கும் கழகம்

                     -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

 

CIVILIAN

(Skeat) see civil

(Chambers) see civil

(John Ayto) see civil

(Onions) civilian student or professor of civil law xiv (Wycl. Bible); †follower of civil (i.e. natural, unregenerate) righteousness (justitia civilis) xvii; non-military man xviii. - OF. civilien in droit civilien civil law, f. civil; see civil, -ian. ¶ Civilist was formerly used (xvi-xviii) - medL. cīvīlista

(American Heritage) ci·vil·ian n. Abbr. civ. 1. A person following the pursuits of civil life. 2. A specialist in Roman or civil law. adj. Of or relating to civilians or civil life; nonmilitary: civilian clothes; a civilian career. [Middle English, civil law judge, from Old French civilien, from civil, civil, from Latin ci$vi$lis. See civil.]

(OED) civilian

forms:  late Middle English cyuylian, late Middle English cyuylien, late Middle English sevilioun, late Middle English-1600s ciuilian, late Middle English- civilian, 1500s ciuiliane, 1500s ciuillian, 1500s cyuilian, 1500s cyvilyan, 1500s-1600s civillian, 1600s civiliane, 1600s civilyan.

origin: Formed within English, by derivation.

etymons: civil adj., -ian suffix.

etymology: < civil adj. + -ian suffix. Compare Old French civilien (1278), Anglo-Norman civilien (a1411) of or relating to the civil law. Compare civilist n.

  1. n.
  2. A practitioner of Roman civil law, or of any of the various legal systems or codes historically derived from Roman civil law; an expert in or student of this. See civil law n. 1.

†2. A person who is concerned with political matters; a politician. Obsolete. rare.

†3. Theology. A person who is good or moral as a result of reason or natural inclination rather than the inspiration of Christian belief. Cf. civil adj. 16. Obsolete.

  1. a. More fully Indian civilian. Originally: a member of the civil service of the East India Company. Later: a member of the Indian Civil Service. Now historical.
  2. A person who is not professionally employed in the armed forces; a non-military person.
  3. gen. A person who is not a member of a specified profession or group.
  4. adj.
  5. a. That practises civil law (civil law n. 1); expert or versed in this.
  6. Of, relating to, or characteristic of civil law (civil law n. 1).
  7. That is a civilian (in sense A. 4b); of or relating to civilians; not in or of the armed forces; non-military. Also: of or relating to the Indian Civil Service (now historical).

(Online Etymology) civilian (n.) late 14c., "judge or authority on civil law," from noun use of Old French civilien "of the civil law," created from Latin civilis "relating to a citizen, relating to public life, befitting a citizen; popular, affable, courteous," alternative adjectival derivative of civis "townsman" (see city). Sense of "non-military and non-clerical person, one whose pursuits are those of civilian life" is attested by 1766. As an adjective, "pertaining to or characteristic of a civilian," from 1640s.

civilian -கலைச்சொற்கள்            

civilian                                    குடியாளி 

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

civilian                                    பொதுத்துறைச் சட்டப் பேராசிரியர்                                             

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

Civilian                                    படைத்துறை சாராதவர், குடி முறைசார்ந்தவர்                     

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

                                                  

civilian                                    உரிமையியல் வல்லுநர்

office of civilian radioactive

waste management                 சமூகப் பயன்பாட்டுக் கதிரியக்கக் கழிவு   மேலாண்மை அலுவலகம்     

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

 

CIVILIZATION

(Chambers) see civilize

(Onions) see civil

(American Heritage) civ·i·li·za·tion n. 1. An advanced state of intellectual, cultural, and material development in human society, marked by progress in the arts and sciences, the extensive use of writing, and the appearance of complex political and social institutions. 2. The type of culture and society developed by a particular nation or region or in a particular epoch: Mayan civilization; the civilization of ancient Rome. 3. The act or process of civilizing or reaching a civilized state. 4. Cultural or intellectual refinement; good taste. 5. Modern society with its conveniences: returned to civilization after camping in the mountains.

(OED) civilization

forms:  1600s- civilization, 1700s- civilisation.

origin: Formed within English, by derivation.

etymons: civilize v., -ation suffix.

etymology: < civilize v. + -ation suffix. Compare post-classical Latin civilisatio (13th cent. in Albertus Magnus), French civilisation (1721 in sense 2a; mid 18th cent. in senses 1 and 3a). Compare earlier civility n. (see especially civility n. III.) and civilizing n. Compare also culture n. and discussion at that entry.

  1. The action or process of civilizing or becoming civilized; (also) the action or process of being made civilized by an external force.
  2. Law.

†a. The action or an act of turning a criminal case or process into a civil one. Cf. civil adj. 12. Obsolete. rare.

  1. An assimilation of features of civil law (civil law n. 1) into common law. rare.
  2. a. The state or condition of being civilized; human cultural, social, and intellectual development when considered to be advanced and progressive in nature. Also in extended use.
  3. With modifying word. The culture, society, and way of life of a particular country, region, epoch, or group.
  4. A particular culture, society, and way of life as characteristic of a community of people; (also) a civilized society.
  5. The comfort and convenience of modern life, as found in towns and cities; populated or urban areas in general.

(Online Etymology) civilization (n.) 1704, in a now-obsolete sense "law which makes a criminal process civil," from civil + -ization. Sense of "civilized condition, state of being reclaimed from the rudeness of savage life" first recorded 1772, probably from French civilisation, serving as an opposite to barbarity and a distinct word from civility. From civilize-ation. Sense of "a particular human society in a civilized condition, considered as a whole over time," is from 1857. Related: Civilizational.

civilization -கலைச்சொற்கள்        

civilization                               நாகரிகம் 

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

civilization                               பண்பாடு, பண்பட்டநிலை      

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

hydrological civilization            நீர்வள நாகரிகம்

human civilization                    மனித நாகரீகம்  

antique civilization                   பண்டைய நாகரீகம்     

oldest civilization                     மிகப்பழம் நாகரிகம்      

                     -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

 

CIVILIZE

(Chambers) civilize v. make civil, refine, polish. 1601, apparently borrowed from French civiliser, civilizer, from Old French civil civil; for suffix see -IZE. It is possible that the Old French word was based upon Medieval Latin *civilizare to consider a criminal action as a civil matter. -civilization n. 1704, law which makes a criminal process civil, formed from English civilize +-ation. The sense "civilized condition or state" is first recorded in 1772, in Boswell's The Life of Samuel Johnson, in a conversation about entering the meaning in Johnson's fourth edition of the Dictionary. The meaning was probably known to Johnson in this sense from the French civilisation used by Mirabeau in 1756.

(Onions) see civil

(American Heritage) civ·i·lize v. tr. civ·i·lized, civ·i·liz·ing, civ·i·liz·es. 1. To raise from barbarism to an enlightened stage of development; bring out of a primitive or savage state. 2. To educate in matters of culture and refinement; make more polished or sophisticated.

(OED) civilize

forms:  1500s-1600s ciuillize, 1600s ciuilise, 1600s ciuilize, 1600s civillize, 1600s- civilise, 1600s- civilize, 1800s- civerlize (U.S. regional).

origin: A borrowing from French.

etymons: French civiliser, civilizer.

etymology: < Middle French, French civiliser, †civilizer to make civil or sociable, to bring (a person, etc.) to a stage of social, moral, or intellectual development considered to be more advanced (1568 as past participial adjective), to turn (a criminal case or process) into a civil one, to bring before a civil tribunal (end of the 16th cent.) < civil civil adj. + -iser -ize suffix. Compare slightly earlier civil v.

  1. a. transitive. To bring (a person, place, group of people, etc.) to a stage of social development considered to be more advanced, esp. by bringing to conformity with the social norms of a developed society; to enlighten, refine, and educate; to make more cultured and sophisticated. Also intransitive.
  2. transitive. In extended use: to tame or domesticate (an animal).
  3. intransitive. To become (more) civilized. Now rare.
  4. a. transitive. To make (a thing) less crude, coarse, or rough; to make more sophisticated; to refine or polish (manners, traits, etc.).
  5. transitive. To do away with (an abstract thing, esp. a character trait) by a process of civilization.

3.†a. intransitive. To conduct oneself in a manner appropriate to the norms of civilized society; to behave decently. Obsolete. rare.

  1. intransitive. U.S. regional. To smarten up one's appearance. Now rare.

†4. transitive. To subject to civil order; to subdue, pacify. Obsolete.

†5. transitive. Theology. To make civil (civil adj. 16); to make moral or good by following a secular moral code. Obsolete. rare.

†6. transitive. To make lawful or proper in a civil community. Obsolete. rare.

†7. transitive. Law. To turn (a criminal case or process) into a civil one. Cf. civil adj. 12, civilization n. 2. Obsolete. rare.

(Online Etymology) civilize (v.) c. 1600, "to bring out of barbarism, introduce order and civil organization among, refine and enlighten," from French civiliser, verb from Old French civil (adj.), from Latin civilis "relating to a citizen, relating to public life, befitting a citizen; popular, affable, courteous," alternative adjectival derivative of civis "townsman" (see city). Intransitive meaning "become civilized" is from 1868. Related: Civilizedcivilizing.

Civilize -கலைச்சொற்கள்             

civilize                                    நாகரிகப்படுத்து, சீர்திருத்து, பண்பு பெறப்பழக்கு.                        

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

 

HIDE (N.2)

(Skeat) hide (4), a measure of land. (E.) ‘Hide of land;’ Blount’s Law Dict., ed. 1691. Of variable size; estimated at 120 or 100 acres; or even much less; see Blount. Low Lat. hida; Ducange. —A.S. hίd; Ælfred’s tr. of Bede, Ὁ. iii. c. 24; b. iv. c. 13, 16, 19. (See Kemble’s Saxons in England, b. i. c. 4; and the Appendix, shewing that the estimate at 120 or 100 acres is too large.) β. This word is of a contracted form; the full form is hίgid; Thorpe, Diplomatarium Ævi Saxonici, p. 657; Kemble, Codex Diplomaticus, no. 243. This form hίgid is equivalent to hίwisc, another term for the same thing; and both words orig. meant (as Beda says) an estate sufficient to support one family or household. They are, accordingly, closely connected with A. S. hiwan, domestics, those of one household, and with the Goth. heiwa-frauja, the master of a household; see further under hive. ¶ Popular etymology has probably long ago confused the hide of land with hide, a skin; but the two words must be kept entirely apart. The former is A.S. hίgid, the latter A.S. hýd.

(Chambers) hide2 n. skin of an animal. About 1150 hide, hid skin of an animal or human; found in Old English hýd (891, in the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle); cognate with Old Frisian hēd skin, Old Saxon hud, Middle Dutch huut (modern Dutch huid), Old High German hut (modern German Haut), and Old Icelandic hūdh, from Proto-Germanic *d$ís, Indo-European *kūtís, root *keut-/kut- (Pok.952); also cognate with Welsh cwd scrotum, Latin cutis skin, Greek kýtos hollow container, and Old Prussian keuto shell, husk; also with initial s, as seen in Greek skýtos skin, leather; related to Old English hy$dan to hide1. -v. Informal. beat, thrash. 1757, to flay; 1825, to thrash; from the noun. -hide-and-seek n. 1672, in Dryden's Marriage-à-la-Mode; replacing earlier All hid (1588, in Shakespeare's Love's Labour's Lost). -hidebound adj. 1559, in reference to cattle having skin sticking closely to the back and ribs as a result of emaciation; later, of people, attitudes, etc., that are restricted or narrow and often bigoted (1603). -hide-out n. (1885, in American English)

(John Ayto) hide English has two words hide in current usage, probably from an identical Indo-European source. The verb, ‘conceal’ [OE], which has no living relatives among the Germanic languages, comes from a prehistoric West Germanic *khūdjan. This was derived from a base which probably also produced English hoard, huddle, and hut, and goes back to Indo-European *keudh-, source also of Greek keúthein ‘cover, hide’, Welsh cuddio ‘hide’, and Breton kuzat ‘hide’. Hide ‘skin’ [OE] and its Germanic relatives, German haut, Dutch huid, and Swedish and Danish hud, come ultimately from Indo-European *keut-, which also produced Latin cutis ‘skin’ (source of English cuticle [17] and cutaneous [16]) and Welsh cwd ‘scrotum’. The semantic link between the two hides is ‘covering’. ® hoard, huddle, hut; cutaneous, cuticle

(Onions) hide2 haid measure of land reckoned as that sufficient to support a free family with dependants. OE. hīd, earlier g^id, f. g^-, hīw(in comb.) = OHG. hī-, ON. hý-, Goth. heiu·a-, rel. to L. cīvis citizen (see civic), and to a Germ. n-stem in OE. hīwan (pi.), OFris. hīuna members of a household, OHG. hī(w)un, ON. hjun man and wife; f. IE. *kej- *ki- dear, faithful, which with various suffixes is widely represented.

(American Heritage) hide3 n. An old English measure of land, usually the amount held adequate for one free family and its dependents. [Middle English, from Old English hy$d. See kei-1 in Appendix.]

(OED) hide

forms:  Old English hígid, hígd, híd, hýd, Old English-1800s hyde, Old English- hide.

etymology: Old English híd strong feminine, earlier hígid, apparently < *híwid, derivative of híw-, híg-, household, family: compare hewe n. The suffix is obscure.

obsolete exc. historical.

  1. a. A measure of land in Old English times, continued also for some time after the Norman Conquest, varying in extent with the nature of the ground, etc.: primarily, the amount considered adequate for the support of one free family with its dependants; at an early date defined as being as much land as could be tilled with one plough in a year. See carucate n.
  2. hide and gaine [ < Old French gaigne, gaingne arable land, ‘terre labourable’ (Godefroy)].
  3. (Associated with hide n.1) As much land as could be measured by a thong cut out of a hide. (In quot. 1594 referring to the story of Dido's purchase of the site of Carthage, Virg. Æn. I. 368.)

(Online Etymology) hide (n.2) a measure of land (obsolete), Old English hid "hide of land," earlier higid, from hiw- "family," from or related to hiwan "household," hiwo "a husband, master of a household," from Proto-Germanic *hiwido-, from PIE *keiwo- (source also of Latin civis "citizen"), from PIE root *kei- (1) "to lie," also forming words for "bed, couch," and with a secondary sense of "beloved, dear."

Hide -கலைச்சொற்கள்                 

hide                                        உரிவை  

hide                                        விலங்கின் புறத்தோல்  

dried hide                               உலர்ந்த தோல்  

cow hide                                 ஆத்தோல்

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

hid, v. hide                              முடிவெச்ச வடிவங்களுள் ஒன்று.                                             

hidden, v. hide                        என்பதன் பெருவழக்கான முடிவெச்ச வடிவம்.                                 

hide                                        விலங்கின் தோல், (வி.) தோலுரி, கசையாலடி.                           

hide-and-seek                         ஒளிந்தோடும் விளையாட்டு.   

hide-bound                              உடலொடு தோல் ஒட்டிய       

hide-out                                  பதுங்கிடம்        

cowhide                                  பசுவின் தோல், பதனிடப்பட்ட பசுத்தோல்                             

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

Hide                                       மறைத்துவை     

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

Hide                                       தடித்தோல் வகை         

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் அகராதி

hide                                        விலங்கின் தோல்         

hide                                        பதனிட்ட தோல்

hide glue                                 விலங்குத் தோற்பசை   

hide                                        மறை      

hide column                            நிரல் மறை        

hide window                            சாளரம் மறை    

auto hide                                தன்னியக்க மறைதல்    

hide and seek                         கண்கட்டி விளையாடுதல்       

                                                   -கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி

insid`iate                                 காத்திரு மறைந்திரு      

hide                                        மறைத்து வை    

                     -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

INCIVILITY

(Skeat) incivil, uncivil, rude. (F., —L.) In Shak. Cymb. v. 5. 292. — F. incivil, ‘uncivill;’ Cot. —Lat. inciuilis, rude. From In- (3) and civil. Der. incivil-it-y, Com. Errors, iv. 4. 49, from F. incivilité, ‘incivility;’ Cot.

 (American Heritage) in·ci·vil·i·ty n. pl. in·ci·vil·i·ties. 1. The quality or condition of being uncivil. 2. An uncivil or discourteous act.

(OED) incivility

origin: A borrowing from French.

etymon: French incivilité.

etymology: < French incivilité (1426 in Hatzfeld & Darmesteter), < late Latin incīvīlitāt-em, < incīvīlis; see incivil adj. and -ity suffix.

The quality or condition of being incivil or uncivil.

†1. Want of civilization; uncivilized condition; savageness, barbarism. Obsolete.

2. Want of good manners or good breeding; ill-bred behaviour. Obsolete.

  1. a. Ill-bred, uncivil, or uncourteous behaviour towards others; want of civility or politeness; discourtesy, rudeness.
  2. b. An act of rudeness or ill-breeding.

(Online Etymology) incivility (n.) 1580s, "want of civilized behavior, rudeness;" 1610s, "uncourteous behavior to others," from French incivilité (15c.), from Late Latin incivilitatem (nominative incivilitas), from incivilis "not civil," from in- "not, opposite of" (see in- (1)) + civilis "relating to a citizen, relating to public life, befitting a citizen; popular, affable, courteous," alternative adjectival derivative of civis "townsman" (see city). Meaning "an act of rudeness" is from 1650s. Incivil "not conducive to common good" is from mid-15c.

Incivility -கலைச்சொற்கள்           

incivility                                   பணிவின்மை     

                                                   -அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி - (2002)

incivility                                   வணக்க இணக்கமின்மை, முரட்டுத்தனம்                        

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

Incivility                                  அநாகரிகம்        

                                                   -ஆட்சிச் சொல்லகராதி - (2015)

incivility                                   நயமின்மை, மரியாதையின்மை                                             

                                                   -வெற்றி அகராதி - (1995)

 

 

INCUNABULA

(Chambers) incunabula n. pl. earliest stages or first traces of anything; beginnings. 1824, in De Quincey's writings; borrowed from Latin incūnābula, neuter plural, swaddling clothes, cradle, (hence) childhood, origin, beginning (in- in + cūnābula cradle, origin, from cūnae cradle; see cemetery). The meaning of books produced in the infancy of printing, specifically those printed before 1500, is first recorded in English in 1861, in reference to Incunabula Typographiae, the title of the first list of books printed before 1500, published by Cornelius van Beughem, in Amsterdam (1688).

(John Ayto) incunabulum [19] An incunabulum is a book printed before 1501. But etymologically the word has nothing to do with books. It comes from the Latin plural noun incūnābula, which had a range of meanings, including ‘swaddling clothes’, ‘cradle’, and ‘infancy’, which point back to its original source, Latin cūnae ‘cradle’. Nineteenth-century antiquarians and bibliographers applied the term to early printed books since they represented the ‘infancy’ of book production.

(Onions) incunabula earliest stages or first beginnings; books produced in the 'infancy' of printing, i.e. before 1501 A.D. XIX. L. n.pl., swaddling-clothes, cradle, birthplace, infancy, origin, f. in IN-1 + cūnabula, f. Cūnæ cradle, perh. :- *koinā, rel. To Gr. koίtē lair, keîsthai lie down.

(American Heritage) in·cu·nab·u·lum n. pl. in·cu·nab·u·la. 1. A book printed before 1501; an incunable. 2. An artifact of an early period. [New Latin incu$na$bulum, from sing. of Latin incu$na$bula, swaddling clothes, cradle: in-, in; see in-2 + cu$na$bula, cradle, infancy (from cu$nae, cradle); see kei-1 in Appendix.]

(OED) incunabula      

origin: A borrowing from Latin.

etymon: Latin incūnābula.

etymology: < Latin incūnābula (neuter plural) swaddling-clothes, hence cradle, and figurative childhood, beginning, origin, < cūnae cradle.

With plural agreement.

  1. The earliest stages or first traces in the development of anything.
  2. (With singular incunabulum.) Books produced in the infancy of the art of printing; spec. those printed before 1500.
  3. Ornithology. The breeding-places of a species of bird.

(Online Etymology)  incunabula (n.) 1824, a Latin word meaning "swaddling clothes," also, figuratively, "childhood, beginnings, birthplace, place where a thing had its earliest development, the beginning of anything;" especially "early printed book using movable-type technology," From Gutenberg's beginning c. 1439 to the close of the year 1500. Latin incunabula "a cradle; a birthplace," figuratively "rudiments or beginnings," is from in "in" (from PIE root *en "in") + cunabula, diminutive of cunae "cradle," from PIE *koi-na-, suffixed form of root *kei- (1) "to lie," also forming words for "bed, couch."

Incunabula -கலைச்சொற்கள்       

incunabula                              1501-ஆம் ஆண்டிற்கு முன் அச்சிடப்பட்ட நுல்கள்.           

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

 

 

SIVA

(American Heritage) Si·va n. Hinduism. Variant of Shiva.

(OED) siva

forms:  Also Siva.

origin: A borrowing from Sanskrit.

etymon: Sanskrit śiva.

etymology: < Sanskrit śiva, lit. ‘the auspicious one’.

The third deity of the Hindu triad, to whom are attributed the powers of reproduction and dissolution. Also transferred, a representation of this deity.

(Online Etymology) Siva (n.) also Shiva, one of the three supreme gods of Hinduism, lord of destruction and reproduction, 1788, from Hindi Shiva, from Sanskrit Sivah, literally "propitious, gracious" (a euphemism), from PIE *ki-wo-, suffixed form of root *kei- (1) "to lie," also forming words for "bed, couch," and with a secondary sense of "beloved, dear." But by some this name is said to be a euphemism. Related: SivaismSivaistic.

Siva -கலைச்சொற்கள்                  

Siva                                        சிவன், சிவபெருமான்.  

                                                   -ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம் - (2010)

                                                                

*ka-

*kā-, Proto-Indo-European root meaning "to like, desire."

It forms all or part of: caresscharitycherishKama Sutrawhorewhoredom.

It is the hypothetical source of/evidence for its existence is provided by: Sanskrit Kama, name of the Hindu god of love, kamah "love, desire;" Old Persian kama "desire;" Latin carus "dear;" Old Irish cara "friend;" Old English hore "prostitute, harlot."

 

CARESS (n.)

(Skeat) caress, to fondle, embrace. (F., -L.) The sb. pl. caresses is in Milton, P. L. viii. 56. The verb is in Burnet, Own Time, an. 1671. -F. caresse, ‘s. f. a cheering, cherishing;’ and caresser, ‘to cherish, hug, make much of;’ Cot. The sb. is the original, and introduced from Ital. in the 16th cent. (Brachet). Ital. carezza, a caress, endearment, fondness. —Low Lat. caritia, dearness, value. —Lat. carus, dear, worthy, beloved. + Irish cara, a friend; caraim, I love. + W. caru, to love. +Skt. kam, to love; whence kam-ra, beautiful, charming =Lat. ca-rus; Benfey, p. 158; Fick, i. 34. From the same root, charity, q. v.; amorous, q.v.

(Chambers) caress n. affectionate touch or stroke. 1651; earlier, a show of regard (1647); borrowed from French caresse a caress, from Italian carezza endearment, fondness, from caro dear, from Latin cārus dear. See charity. -v. 1658, in writings of Milton, borrowed from French caresser to caress, from Italian carezzare, from carezza caress, endearment, fondness.

(Onions) caress fondling action. xvii. -F. caresse- It. carezza :- Rom. *cāritia, f. cārus dear; see charity, -ess2. Hence, or - F. caresser - It. carezzare, care·ss vb. xvii,

(American Heritage) ca·ress n. A gentle touch or gesture of fondness, tenderness, or love. v. tr. ca·ressed, ca·ress·ing, ca·ress·es. 1. To touch or stroke in an affectionate or loving manner. 2. To touch or move as if with a caress: soft music that caressed the ears. 3. To treat fondly, kindly, or favorably; cherish. [French caresse, from Italian carezza, from caro, dear, from Latin cārus. See kā- in Appendix.] —ca·ressʹer n. —ca·ressʹing·ly adv. —ca·resʹsive adj.

(OED) caress

Variant forms: Also 1600s carresse, caresse, (charesse).

etymon: French caresse.

etymology: < French caresse, 16th cent. < Italian carezza < late Latin *cāritia, < cārus dear.

  1. An action of endearment, a fondling touch or action, a blandishment.
  2. figurative.

(Online Etymology) caress (n.) 1640s, "a show of endearment, display of regard," from French caresse (16c.), a back-formation from caresser or else from Italian carezza "endearment," from caro "dear," from Latin carus "dear, costly, beloved" (from PIE root *ka- "to like, desire"). The meaning "affectionate stroke" is attested in English from 1650s. Related to charitycherish.

 

CHARITY (n.)

(Skeat) charity, love, almsgiving. (F., —L.) In early use. M.E. charité, Old Eng. Homilies, ed. Morris, i. 57, 1. 41. —O. F. charitet, chariteit, cariteit. —Lat. caritatem, acc. of caritas, dearness. -Lat. carus, dear. See caress. Der. charit-able, charit-abl-y, charit-able-ness. ¶ The Gk. χάρις, favour, is wholly unconnected with this word, being cognate with grace, q. v.

(Chambers) charity n. 1137 carited, in Peterborough Chronicle, (pronounced kariteth, rhyming with faith), gradually replaced by later Middle English chearite, cherite (before 1200, in Ancrene Riwle) and charite (about 1200). Earlier Middle English carited loving-kindness, hospitality, almsgiving, was borrowed from Old North French carité, caritét, Old French charité; later Middle English chearite, cherite, and charite love of God and fellow men, kindness, especially to the poor, were borrowed from Old French cherité, charité, learned borrowing from Latin cāritās (accusative cāritātem) dearness (in price), costliness, affection, fondness, from cārus dear, costly, valued, loved; for suffix see -ity.

Latin cārus is cognate with Old Irish caraim I love, carae friend, Latvian kãrs desirous, Sanskrit kāma-s love, Gothic hōrs adulterer, and Old English hōre whore, from Indo-European *kā-ro-s, *kə-r-, *kā-mo-s (Pok. 515).

(Onions) charity Christian love; benevolence, charitableness; alms. The earliest forms were carited, karitep (xi), repr. AN. vars.; these were succeeded by the immed. antecedent of the present form, ME. Charite (xiii)- (O)F. charité (dial. carite) = Pr. caritat, Sp. caridad, It. caritā- L. cāritātem, cāritās, whence F. cherté dearness, dearth, f. cārus dear; see -ity.

(American Heritage) char·i·ty n. pl. chari·ties. 1. Provision of help or relief to the poor; almsgiving. 2. Something given to help the needy; alms. 3. An institution, an organization, or a fund established to help the needy. 4. Benevolence or generosity toward others or toward humanity. 5. Indulgence or forbearance in judging others. See Synonyms at mercy. 6. Often Charity. Theology. The virtue defined as love directed first toward God but also toward oneself and one’s neighbors as objects of God’s love. [Middle English charite, from Old French, Christian love, from Latin cāritās, affection, from cārus, dear. See kā- in Appendix.]

(OED) charity

Variant forms: α. Middle English carited, karite, kariteþ, -teð.

β. Middle English–1500s charite, cherite, Middle English cheryte, Middle English–1500s charyte, charitee, Middle English–1600s charitie, 1700s carite, Middle English– charity.

etymons: French carité, charité.

etymology: Two early types of this word appear in English: (1) cariteð, ‑teþ, (2) charité; these are adoptions respectively of Old Northern French caritedh, ‑tet(þ), (later, and modern Picard carité), and the somewhat later central Old French charité (earlier charitet); which correspond to Provençal caritat, Spanish caridad, Italian carità, semi-popular adaptations of Latin cāritāt-em in its theological sense. In truly popular use Latin cāritāt-em had already become, through popular Latin *cartāt-em, Provençal cartat, Old Northern French kierté, Old French chierté, modern French cherté. But this had the general Latin senses of ‘dearness (high price), fondness, affection’, as well as those belonging specially to New Testament and Christian use; subsequently, to indicate the latter more distinctly, the Latin word, familiar in the language of the church, passed anew into popular use, and undergoing (from its later date) less phonetic change, gave caritat, caritet, charitet, charité. Mixture of the two forms gave the type cherité, and, in English at least, the two words were not kept altogether distinct in use. See cherte n.

  1. Christian love: a word representing caritas of the Vulgate, as a frequent rendering of ἀγάπη in New Testament Greek. With various applications: as
  2. a. † God's love to man. (By early writers often identified with the Holy Spirit.) Obsolete.
  3. b. † Love of God and one's neighbour, commanded as the fulfilling of the Law, Matthew xxii. 37, 39. Obsolete.
  4. c. esp. The Christian love of one's fellow human beings; Christian benignity of disposition expressing itself in Christ-like conduct: one of the ‘three Christian graces’, fully described by St. Paul, 1 Corinthians xiii.
  5. d. In this sense often personified in poetic language, painting, sculpture, etc.
  6. e. in, out of, charity: in or out of the Christian state of charity, or love and right feeling towards one's fellow Christians.
  7. f. In various phrases: see the quotations.
  8. a. Without any specially Christian associations: Love, kindness, affection, natural affection: now esp. with some notion of generous or spontaneous goodness.
  9. b. plural. Affections; feelings or acts of affection.
  10. a. A disposition to judge leniently and hopefully of the character, aims, and destinies of others, to make allowance for their apparent faults and shortcomings; large-heartedness. (But often it amounts barely to fair-mindedness towards people disapproved of or disliked, this being appraised as a magnanimous virtue.)
  11. b. † Fairness; equity. Obsolete.
  12. Benevolence to one's neighbours, especially to the poor; the practical beneficences in which this manifests itself.
  13. a. As a feeling or disposition; charitableness.
  14. b. As manifested in action: spec. alms-giving. Applied also to the public provision for the relief of the poor, which has largely taken the place of the almsgiving of individuals.
  15. c. plural. Acts or works of charity to the poor.
  16. That which is given in charity; alms.
  17. A bequest, foundation, institution, etc., for the benefit of others, esp. of the poor or helpless.
  18. A refreshment dispensed in a monastic establishment between meals; a bever. (Apparently only a modern rendering of medieval Latin charitas in sense of ‘quævis extraordinaria refectio, maxime illa quæ fiebat extra prandium et cœnam in Monasterio.’ Du Cange.)
  19. A popular name of the plant ‘Jacob's ladder’, Polemonium cæruleum.

(Online Etymology) charity (n.) late Old English, "benevolence for the poor," also "Christian love in its highest manifestation," from Old French charité "(Christian) charity, mercy, compassion; alms; charitable foundation" (12c.), from Latin caritatem (nominative caritas) "costliness; esteem, affection," from carus "dear, valued" (from PIE *karo-, from root *ka- "to like, desire").

In the Vulgate the Latin word often is used as translation of Greek agape "love" — especially Christian love of fellow man — perhaps to avoid the sexual suggestion of Latin amor). The Vulgate also sometimes translated agape by Latin dilectio, noun of action from diligere "to esteem highly, to love" (see diligence).

charity -கலைச்சொற்கள்

charity school - அறக்கொடை நிறுவனப் பள்ளி; charitable institution - அறநிலையம்; charitable endowment - அறக்கட்டளை; charitableness - அறத்தீடுபாடுடைமை.

அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி

charity-boy - அறக்கொடை நிறுவனத்தின் ஆதரவில் படிக்கும் மாணவன்; charity-school - அறக்கொடை நிறுவனப்பள்ளி; charity-girl - அறக்கொடை நிறுவனத்தின் ஆதரவில் படிக்கும் மாணவி.

ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம்

 

 

CHERISH (v.)

(Skeat) cherish, to fondle, take care of. (F.,—L.) M.E. cherischen, chericen; whence the sb. cherissing, cherishing, P. Plowman, B. iv. 117. Spelt cherisch, Allit. Poems, ed. Morris, Β. 128. —O.F. cherir, pres. pt. cheris-ant (mod. F. chérir, pres. pt. chériss-ant), to hold dear, cherish. —O. F. (and F.) cher, dear. Lat. carus, dear. See caress.

(Chambers) cherish v. Probably before 1325 chersen, later cherisen, cherischen; borrowed from Old French chériss-, stem of chérir to hold dear, from cher, chier dear, from Latin cārus; see charity; for suffixal ending see -ish2.

(Onions) cherish hold dear, entertain, cheer; guard carefully, harbour fondly. xiv. - (O)F. chériss-, extended stem of chérir, f. cher dear :- L. cāru-s ( cf. charity); see -ish2

(American Heritage) cher·ish v. tr. cher·ished, cher·ish·ing, cher·ish·es. 1. To treat with affection and tenderness; hold dear: cherish one’s family; fine rugs that are cherished by their owners. 2. To keep fondly in mind; entertain: cherish a memory. See Synonyms at appreciate. [Middle English cherishen, from Old French cherir, cheriss-, from cher, dear, from Latin cārus. See kā- in Appendix.] —cherʹish·a·ble n. —cherʹish·er n. —cherʹish·ing·ly adv.

(OED) Variant forms: Middle English cheresch, chirisch, Middle English cherisch(e, cheris(s, cherse, Middle English–1500s cherice, cherych(e, cherys(he, cherissh, Middle English chereysch, cherysch(e, cherich, cherissch, charisshe, sherish, Middle English–1500s cheryss(h, 1500s Scottish chereis, charish, 1500s–1600s cherrish, cheerish, 1500s–1700s chearish, Middle English– cherish.

etymon: French chériss-.

etymology: Middle English cheriss, ‑isch, < French chériss- extended stem of chérir to cherish, hold dear, < cher dear: see ‑ish suffix2. The ‑eis, ‑ice form was favoured in Scots; with the abridged form cherse, compare nourish, nurse.

  1. a. transitive. To hold dear, treat with tenderness and affection; to make much of. Obsolete or archaic.
  2. b. † To make too much of, pamper, pet. Obsolete.
  3. c. † To caress, fondle; to hug; to stroke or pat endearingly. Obsolete or archaic.
  4. a. To treat with fostering care, foster tenderly, nurse (children, young creatures).
  5. b. To foster, tend, cultivate (plants obsolete, hair, etc.).
  6. c. transferred and figurative.
  7. To entertain kindly (a guest). Obsolete.
  8. To cheer, gladden, inspirit, encourage. Obsolete.
  9. To take affectionate care of (a thing); to keep or guard carefully. Obsolete except as passing into 7.
  10. To keep warm; ‘to give warmth, ease, or comfort to’ (Johnson). archaic.
  11. To entertain in the mind, harbour fondly, encourage, cling to (a hope, feeling, design, etc.).

(Online Etymology) cherish (v.) early 14c., cherischen, "hold as dear, treat with tenderness and affection," from Old French cheriss-, present-participle stem of chierir "to hold dear" (12c., Modern French chérir), from chier "dear," from Latin carus "dear, costly, beloved" (from PIE root *ka- "to like, desire"). The Latin word also is the source of Italian, Spanish, Portuguese caro; Old Provençal, Catalan car.

The meaning "indulge and encourage in the mind" is from late 14c. Related: Cherished; cherishing also from early 14c.

cherish -கலைச்சொற்கள்

cherishment - போற்றிப் பேணுதல்.

அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி

 

KAMA SUTRA (n.)

(American Heritage) Kamasutra n. A Sanskrit treatise setting forth rules for sensuous and sensual pleasure, love, and marriage in accordance with Hindu law. [Sanskrit kāmasūtram: kāma, love; see kā- in Appendix + sūtram, manual, string; see syū- in Appendix.]

(OED) Kama Sutra

Variant forms: Also (as one word) Kamasutra.

etymons: Sanskrit kāma, sūtra.

etymology: Sanskrit kāma love + sūtra (see sutra n.).

The title of an ancient Sanskrit treatise on the art of love and sexual techniques; hence used allusively.

(Online Etymology) Kama Sutra (n.) also Kamasutra, 1871, from Sanskrit Kama Sutra, name of the ancient treatise on love and sexual performance, from kama "love, desire" (from PIE *ka-mo-, suffixed form of root *ka- "to like, desire") + sutra "series of aphorisms" (see sutra).

 

WHORE (n.)

(Skeat) whore, a harlot. (Scand.) Αs in the case of whole, q.v., the initial w is not older than about A.D. 1500. Palsgrave, in 1530, still has hore. In Bale’s Kynge Johan, ed Collier, p, 26, 1. 21, we find horson, but on p. 76, 1. 12, it is whoreson. [It is remarkable that the word hoar, white, as applied to hair, also occurs with initial w at about the same period. ‘The heere of his hedd was whore’ =the hair of his head was hoar; Monk of Evesham, c. 12; ed. Arber, p. 337 M.E. hore, King Alisaunder, 1. 1000; P. Plowman, B. iv. 166. The word is certainly not A.S., as Somner would have us believe, but Scandinavian. [The A.S. word was miltestre, Matt. xxi. 31, founded on the verb to melt.] In the Laws of Canute (Secular), § 4, we find hór-cwén, an adulteress, where the Danish word has the A.S. cwén (a quean) added to it, by way of explanation; Thorpe, Ancient Laws, i. 378.—Icel. hóra, an adulteress, fem. of hórr, an adulterer (we also find hór, neut. sb., adultery); Dan. hore; Swed. hora. + Du. doer. + G. hure, O.H.G. huora. + Goth. hors, masc., an adulterer, Luke, xviii. 11. β. The Teut. type is HORA, orig. an adulterer, a masc. sb.; Fick, iii. 80. Allied to Church-Slavonic kuruva, an adulteress (cited by Fick), Polish kurwa, in Schmidt, Polish Dict. β. This difficult word is traced further by Fick (ii. 315); he associates it with Lat cārus, dear, orig. ‘loving;’ Irish caraim, I love, Skt. cháru, agreeable, beautiful, &c.; all from √KA, to love (i. 34), whence also Skt. kan, to love, to be satisfied, kam, to love, káma, love, desire, kámin, desiring, having sexual intercourse, a lover, kámaga, a lascivious woman, &c. γ. If this be right, the word prob. meant at first no more than ‘lover,’ and afterwards descended in the scale, as so often happens; this would account for its use in Gothic and Icelandic with reference to the male sex. ¶ In any case, we can tell, by phonetic laws, that it is not derived from, nor in any way connected with, the verb to hire, as is usually asserted by a specious but impossible guess. Der. whore-dom, M.E. hordom, Ancren Riwle, p. 204, 1. 20, from Icel. hórdómr, Swed. hordom, whor-ish, Troil. iv. 1. 63, whor-ish-ly, -ness; -master, K. Lear, i. 2. 137, spelt hore-maister in Palsgrave; -monger, Meas. for Meas. iii. 2. 37; -son, in Bale, Kynge Johan (as above).

(Chambers) whore n. 1535, spelling alteration (with replacement by wh-) of Middle English hore (probably before 1200, in Ancrene Riwle); developed from Late Old English (before 1100) hōre prostitute, harlot (from Proto-Germanic *Hōrōn). Old English hōre is cognate with Middle Dutch hoere (modern Dutch hoer), Old High German huora (modern German Hure), Old Icelandic hōra (Norwegian and Danish hore, Swedish hora) adulteress, hōrr adulterer, and Gothic hōrs adulterer. Outside Germanic cognates are found in Latin cārus dear, Old Irish caraim I love; see charity. -v. consort with whores, fornicate. 1583, from the noun. The sense of act as a whore is first recorded in 1615.

(John Ayto) whore [OE] A whore is etymologically a ‘lover’. The word goes back ultimately to the Indo-European base *qār-, which also produced Latin cārus ‘dear’ (source of English caress and charity), Old Irish caraim ‘I love’, and Latvian kārs ‘randy, greedy’. It gave prehistoric Germanic *khōrōn, which evolved into German hure, Dutch hoer, Swedish hora, Danish hore, and English whore (whose wh- spelling first appeared in the 16th century). ® caress, charity

(Onions) whore prostitute. Late OE. hōre, corr. to (M)LG. hore, MDu. hoere (Du.  hoer), OHG. huora (G. hure), ON. hóra :-Germ. *xōrōn, f. base repr. also by ON. hórr, Goth. hors adulterer; the IE. Base *qār- appears in L. cārus, Oir. cara friend, caraim I love. Hence who·redom. xii. prob. -ON. hórdómr = OFris. hōrdōm. comp. who·remaster. xvi (Dunbar). who·remonger. xvi (Tindale), -monging (Coverdale), who·reson bastard, term of abuse xiii. Hence vb. xvi. For wh- cf. whole. The normally developed pronunc. huәɹ remains in local use.

(American Heritage) whore (hôr, hōr) n. 1. A prostitute. 2. A person considered sexually promiscuous. 3. A person considered as having compromised principles for personal gain. v. intr. whored, whor·ing, whores. 1. To associate or have sexual relations with prostitutes or a prostitute. 2. To accept payment in exchange for sexual relations. 3. To compromise one’s principles for personal gain. [Middle English hore, from Old English hōre. See kā- in Appendix.]

(OED) whore

Variant forms: 1. Old English–1600s hore early Middle English heore (south-west midlands) Middle English hure Middle English–1500s houre Middle English–1600s hoore, hor- (in compounds and derivatives) Middle English–1600s; 1800s– (regional and nonstandard) hoor late Middle English hoer- (in derivatives) late Middle English–1500s hour 1500s hoare, howr, howre, woar 1500s–1600s whoar, whoare, whoore, whor, wor- (in compounds) 1500s–1600s; 1800s (English regional) whoor 1500s– whore 1800s 'hor (English regional) 1900s– hooa (regional and nonstandard), hooer (regional and nonstandard), hua (regional and nonstandard) U.S. regional 1900s– hohar, hoore, huwa, whoor 2000s– huar Scottish pre-1700 heuir, heur, hor- (in compounds), houir, hour, houre, howir, howr, huir, huire, hur, huyr, hwir, hwr, hwre, hwyr, quhore, whoor, whoore, whor, whour, whoure, whowre pre-1700; 1800s– hure, whore, whure 1800s hore, 'hore 1800s– whüre 1900s– hoore Also Irish English 1900s– hewer, huar, huer, hure, whoor, whure

  1. See also ho n.7, hooer n., hoor n.

etymology: Probably cognate with Old Frisian hōr (West Frisian hoer), Middle Dutch hoere (Dutch hoer), Old High German huora (Middle High German huore, German Hure), Middle Low German hōre, Old Icelandic hóra, Old Swedish, Swedish hora, Danish hore, all in the sense ‘prostitute, adulteress’ < the same Germanic base as Old Frisian hōr, Middle Dutch hoer, Old Saxon hōr- (in hōrhūs whorehouse; Middle Low German hōre), Old High German huor (Middle High German huor, early modern German hur), Old Icelandic hór, Old Swedish, Swedish hor, Old Danish, Danish hor, all in the sense ‘fornication, adultery’, and also Early Runic horaz (5th cent.), Old Icelandic hórr, Gothic hors, all in the sense ‘male fornicator’ < the same Indo-European base as classical Latin cārus dear (see caress n.), Early Irish carae friend, Welsh câr relative, friend (13th cent.), Latvian kārs greedy, hungry, eager, ultimately a suffixed form of the Indo-European base of Sanskrit kā-, Avestan kā-, both in the sense ‘to desire’. Compare ho n.7, hooer n., hoor n.

  1. a. A woman who engages in sexual activity in return for payment, esp. as a means of livelihood; a female prostitute. Now chiefly derogatory.
  2. b. Chiefly derogatory and now offensive. A sexually promiscuous, wanton, or lascivious woman. Also occasionally (esp. with possessive): a concubine, a mistress. Also as a term of abuse.
  3. a. figurative. Something regarded as sinful, corrupt, or idolatrous; esp. (frequently in biblical use) a corrupt, decadent, or idolatrous community or city; (in early use often) spec. (derogatory) the Pope, the Roman Catholic Church, or Rome as the seat of the Pope and the centre of authority of the Roman Catholic Church. Originally and frequently with allusion to the female figure described in Revelation 17:1-5 (see quot. c1384), as in the Whore of Babylon.
  4. b. colloquial. In a whore of a ——: an unpleasant or difficult thing or situation; something regarded with contempt.
  5. Chiefly derogatory. A male prostitute; a (younger) man kept by another man as a (typically passive) sexual partner. More generally: a sexually promiscuous or lecherous man. Also as a general term of abuse. Frequently with descriptive modifier or as the second element in compounds, as in he-whore, male whore, etc.; cf. man whore n.
  6. A person regarded as willing to compromise or demean him or herself for personal gain or in pursuit of a particular goal; a person regarded as inconstant or promiscuous in a specified context or with regard to a particular thing. Chiefly with modifying word or as the second element in compounds, as in attention whore, publicity whore, etc.

(Online Etymology) whore (n.) 1530s spelling alteration (see wh-) of Middle English hore, from Old English hore "prostitute, harlot," from Proto-Germanic *hōran-, fem. *hōrā- (source also of Old Frisian hor "fornication," Old Norse hora "adulteress," Danish hore, Swedish hora, Dutch hoer, Old High German huora "prostitute;" in Gothic only in the masc. hors "adulterer, fornicator," also as a verb, horinon "commit adultery"), probably etymologically "one who desires," from PIE root *ka- "to like, desire," which in other languages has produced words for "lover; friend."

whore -கலைச்சொற்கள்

whore-monger - வேசித் தரகன்.

ஆங்கிலம் - தமிழ்ச் சொற்களஞ்சியம்

 

 

WHOREDOM (n.)

(Skeat) see whore

(Onions) see whore

(American Heritage) whore·dom n. 1. The practice of accepting payment in exchange for sexual relations; prostitution. 2. a. Unlawful sexual relations. b. Promiscuous sex. 3. Bible. Unfaithfulness to God; idolatry. [Middle English hordom, from Old Norse hōrdōmr. See kā- in Appendix.]

(OED) whoredom

Variant forms: See whore n. and ‑dom suffix Also Middle English hordan.

etymons: whore n., ‑dom suffix.

etymology: Probably < whore n. or another (unattested) Old English derivative of the same Germanic base + ‑dom suffix, perhaps after early Scandinavian (compare Old Icelandic hórdómr); see discussion at whore n. Compare Old Frisian hōrdōm, Middle Dutch, Dutch hoerdom, Middle Low German hōrdōm, and also Swedish hordom (16th cent.).

Now chiefly archaic or used self-consciously for stylistic effect.

  1. a. Fornication, adultery; prostitution, sexual activity with prostitutes; sexual promiscuity.
  2. b. Usually in plural. A sexual act regarded as immoral or illicit. Now rare.
  3. figurative. Sin, corruption; the action or practice of debasing oneself, compromising one's principles, etc., for profit or advantage. In biblical and religious use esp. idolatry, unfaithfulness to the true God.

(Online Etymology) whoredom (n.) late 12c., "practice of sexual immorality," probably from Old Norse hordomr "adultery," from Proto-Germanic *horaz "one who desires" (see whore (n.)) + Old Norse -domr "condition " (see -dom).

 

Gamy related words

 

-GAMY

(Chambers) -gamy a combining form producing nouns and meaning marriage, as in monogamy; or union in reproduction, as in heterogamy. Borrowed from Greek -gamiā (as in monogamíā monogamy), from gámos marriage; see -gamous.

(American Heritage) -gamy suff. 1. Marriage: exogamy. 2. Procreative or propagative union: allogamy. 3. The possession of a specified manner of fertilization or specified reproductive organs: apogamy. [Greek -gamia, from gamos, marriage. See gemә- in Appendix.]

(OED) -gamy

Etymon: French ‑gamie.

< (i) Anglo-Norman and Middle FrenchFrench ‑gamie (in e.g. bigamie bigamy n.),

 and its etymon (ii) post-classical Latin ‑gamia (in e.g. ‑monogamia monogamy n.) < Hellenistic Greek ‑γαμία (in e.g. πολυγαμία polygamy n.) < ancient Greek γάμος marriage + ‑ία ‑y suffix3.

Compare ‑gamous comb. form and (in sense 2‑gam comb. form.

  1. Forming nouns with the sense ‘marriage (of the type specified by the first element)’.
  2. Biology. Forming nouns denoting types of fertilization or reproduction, as allogamy n.oogamyn.porogamyn., etc.

(Online Etymology) -gamy  word-forming element meaning "marriage" in anthropology and "fertilization" in biology, from Greek -gamia, from gamos "marriage" (see gamete).

gamy - கலைச்சொற்கள்

autogamy - "தற்கருவுறல்".

அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி (2002)

plasmogamy - சைட்டோபிளாச இணைவு, உயிரணுக் கணிக இணைவு; mesogamy - இடைவெளி இணைவு; isogamy - ஒத்தஇனச்செல் சேர்க்கை; anisogamy - பெரு - சிறு செல்லிணைவு, வேற்றுருவச் செல்லிணைவு; xenogamy - அயல்மகரந்தச்சேர்க்கை; merogamy - இடையிணைவு; heterogamy - ஒத்தில்லா இனச்செல் இணைவு; cleistogamy - மலரா மகரந்தச்சேர்க்கை.

கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 2

 

AGAMY

(American Heritage) a·gam·ic also ag·a·mous adj. Biology. Occurring or reproducing without the union of male and female cells; asexual or parthenogenetic. [From Late Latin agamus, unmarried, from Greek agamos: a-, not; see A-1 + gamos, marriage; see -gamy.] —a·gamʹi·cal·ly adv. a·gam·o·gen·e·sis n. Asexual reproduction, as by budding, cell division, or parthenogenesis. [Greek agamos, unmarried; see agamic + -genesis.]

(OED) agamy

Etymon: Greek ἀγαμία.

Hellenistic Greek ἀγαμία celibacy < ancient Greek ἄγαμος unmarried (see agamous adj.) + ‑ία ‑y suffix3; compare ‑gamy comb. form.

Absence of marriage; the state or condition of being unmarried. Also: lack of acknowledgement of, or opposition to, the institution of marriage.

(Online Etymology) agamy (n.)"non-recognition of marriage" (by a state, etc.), from Greek a- "not" (see a- (3)) + -gamia, from gamos "marriage" (see gamete).

 

AUTOGAMY 

(American Heritage) au·tog·a·my n. 1. Botany. Self-fertilization in plants. 2. Biology. The union of nuclei within and arising from a single cell, as in certain protozoans and fungi.

(OED) autogamy

Etymons: auto- comb. form1‑gamy comb. form.

auto- comb. form1 + ‑gamy comb. form. In sense 1 after German Autogamie (A. Kerner von Marilaun Die Schutzmittel der Blüthen (1876) 6); compare allogamy n.xenogamy n.

  1. Botany. Self-fertilization; esp.the self-pollination of a flower. Frequently contrasted with allogamy.
  2. Biology. In a single-celled organism: the fusion of a pair of haploid nuclei from the same individual within a single cell. Also: the fusion of sister cells.

(Online Etymology) autogamy (n.) "self-fertilization," 1877, from auto- "self" + -gamy "fertilization." Related: Autogamous (1880).

 

BIGAMY

(Skeat) bigamy, a double marriage. (F., —L. and Gk.) ‘Bigamie is . . twie-wifing;’ Genesis and Exodus, ed. Morris, 1. 449. —F. biga-mie,— Lat. bigamia, ‘Bigamy (bigamia), .. is used for an impediment to bea clerk, Anno 4 Edw.1.5;’ Blount’s Law Dictionary. A hybrid compound; from Lat. prefix bi-, twice, q. v., and Gk, -yayua; imi-tated from Gk. διγαμία, a double marriage, which is from Gk. &-, twice, and a form -yajua, derived from γάμος, marriage. [The Gk. γάμος, marriage, and Skt. jámá, a daughter-in-law, are rather to be referred to the root gan, to beget, than (as Benfey thinks) to the root yam, to tame. See Fick, i. 67; Curtius, ii. 166.]— √GAN, to be-get. Der. bigam-ist.

(Chambers) bigamy n. practice of having two spouses at the same time. About 1250, borrowed from Old French bigamie and from Medieval Latin bigamia, from Late Latin bigamus twice married (forming a hybrid of Latin bi- two, twice + Greek gámos marriage, a form equivalent to Greek dígamos twice-married person). The Greek gámos is related to gameîn to marry, and to gambrós relative by marriage, in-law; cognate with such forms as Latin gener son-in-law, and Sanskrit jāmís blood-brother (or -sister), and thus to the Indo-European base *ĝem(ə)- marry (Pok.369). -bigamous adj. 1864, formed from English bigamy + -ous, after Medieval Latin bigamus.

(Onions) bigamy bi·gәmi marriage during the lifetime of an existing husband or wife xiii; (hist.) marriage of or with a widow or widower xvi. - (O)F. bigamie, f. bigame (whence ME. bigam) - late L. bigamus, f. L. hi- m-+Gr. -gamos married. Hence bi·gamous xix, bi·gamist xvii.

(American Heritage) bigamy n. pl. bigamies. Law. The criminal offense of marrying one person while still legally married to another. [Middle English bigamie, from Old French, from Medieval Latin bigamia, from Late Latin bigamus, twice married: Latin bi-, two; see bi-1 + Greek gamos, marriage; see -gamous.] —bigùamist n.

(OED) bigamy

Variant forms: Middle English bigamye, bygamye, Middle English–1600s bigamie, Middle English– bigamy, 1500s–1600s bigamy

Scottish pre-1700 bigamie, bigamy, pre-1700; 1700s– bigamy

Etymons: French bigamie; Latin bigamia.

< (i) Anglo-Norman and Middle French bigamie (French bigamie) remarriage, marriage with a widow or widower, marriage with a second wife or husband when already married (13th cent. in Anglo-Norman),

and its etymon (ii) post-classical Latin bigamia marriage with a second wife or husband when already married (12th cent. in a British source; also in continental sources), remarriage (from early 13th cent. in British sources) < bigamia bigamus adj. + ‑ia ‑ia suffix1.

 Compare digamy n.

1.a. Marriage with a second wife or husband when already married; the crime of having two wives or husbands at once. Also in extended use.

1.b. figurative.

  1. Chiefly Ecclesiastical Law. Remarriage after the death of a first wife or husband; marriage with a widow or widower. Now historical.

(Online Etymology) bigamy (n.) "state of having two wives or husbands at the same time," mid-13c., from Old French  bigamie (13c.), from Medieval Latin bigamia "bigamy," from Late Latin bigamus "twice married," a hybrid from bi- "double" (see bi-) + Greek gamos "marrying" (see gamete). The Greek word was digamia, from digamos "twice married."

 

CENOGAMY 

(Online Etymology) cenogamy (n.) also coenogamy, "state of having husbands or wives in common," 1883,  from Latinized form of Greek koinos "common" (see coeno-) + -gamy. Related: Cenogamous coenogamous.

 

DEUTEROGAMY 

(Onions) deutero- djū·tәrou, djūtәrә· before a vowel deu·ter- comb. form of Gr. deúteros second, also in the sense 'secondary', as in deu:terocan- onical xvii (modL. deuterocanonicus), Deu:tero-Isai·ah later part of the book of Isaiah (ch. xl-lv), writer to whom this is ascribed (xix).

(American Heritage) deu·ter·og·a·my n. See digamy.

(OED) deuterogamy 

Etymon: Greek δευτερογαμία.

Greek δευτερογαμία second marriage, noun of state < δευτερογάμος marrying a second time, < deutero- comb. form + γάμος marriage.

  1. Marriage a second time; marriage after the death of a first husband or wife.
  2. Botany. The condition in which fertilization by the fusion of gametes is replaced by other processes, as in some fungi, the higher algæ, and flowering plants.

(Online Etymology) deuterogamy (n.) "a second marriage after the death of the first wife or husband," 1650s; from Latinized form of Greek deuterogamia, from deuteros "second" (see deutero-) + -gamia "marriage" (see -gamy). Related: Deuterogamist.

 

DIGAMIST

(American Heritage) (Digamist) dig·a·my n. Remarriage after the death or divorce of one’s first husband or wife. Also called deuterogamy —dig’a·mous (-mәs) adj.

(OED) digamist

Etymology: < digamy n. + ‑ist suffix.

  1. A man or woman who has married a second time.

(Online Etymology) digamist (n.) "person who has married a second time," 1650s, from digamy "second marriage" (1630s), from Latin digamia, from Greek digamos, from di- "twice (see di- (1)) + gamos "marriage" (see -gamy). Related: Digamous.

 

EXOGAMY 

(Onions) exo- e·ksou, eksә· prefix repr. Gr. éxō outside, f. ex Ex-2+ prep. ( = Indo-Iranian ā) towards; used in mod. scientific terms) ( endo-; exo·gamy (Gr. gámos marriage) custom of a man's taking a wife from outside his clan; e·xogen (bot.) plant of which the stem grows by deposit on the outside, dicotyledon. - F. exogéne (De Candolle, 1813), modL. exogena (sc. L. planta plant), after L. indigenus Indigenol:s.

(American Heritage) ex·og·a·my n. pl. ex·og·a·mies. 1. The custom of marrying outside the tribe, family, clan, or other social unit. 2. Biology. The fusion of two gametes that are not closely related.

(OED) exogamy 

Etymons: Greek ἔξωγάμος‑y suffix3.

Greek ἔξω (see exo- prefix) + γάμος marriage + ‑y suffix3: compare exogamous adj., and endogamy n.

The custom by which a man is bound to take a wife outside his own clan or group.

(Online Etymology) exogamy (n.) "the custom among certain tribes which prohibits a man from marrying a woman from his own tribe," 1865, Modern Latin, literally "outside marriage," from exo- "outer, outside" + -gamy. Related: Exogamous (1865). Apparently coined by Scottish anthropologist John Ferguson McLennan (1827-1881) in "Primitive Marriage" (see endogamy).

exogamy - கலைச்சொற்கள்

band exogamy - சிறுகுழுப்புறமணம்; exogamous marriage - புறமணம்; clan exogamy - குலப் புறமணம்.

அருங்கலைச்சொல் அகரமுதலி (2002)

village exogamy - சிற்றூர் புறமணம்.

 கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 12

exogamy clan - புறமணக் கால்வழி; "kin exogamy - "புறமண உறவு".

மொழியியல் கலைச்சொல்லகராதி (1980)

 

 

GAMETE 

(Chambers) gamete n. Biology. mature reproductive cell. 1886, borrowed from New Latin gameta, from Greek gameté wife, gamétés husband, from gameîn marry; see bigamy.

(Onions) gamete gremi·t (biol.) each of two cells forming a zygospore. 1886. - modL. Gameta - Gr. gametḕ wife, gamétēs husband, f. gámos marriage.

(American Heritage) gam·ete n. A reproductive cell having the haploid number of chromosomes, especially a mature sperm or egg capable of fusing with a gamete of the opposite sex to produce the fertilized egg. [New Latin gameta, from Greek gamete$, wife, and gamete$s, husband from gamein, to marry, from gamos, marriage. See gemә- in Appendix.]

(OED) gamete

Variant forms 1800s– gametagamete

Etymon: German Gamet.

German Gamet (E. Strasburger 1877, in Bot. Zeitung vol. 35 756) < ancient Greek γαμέτης husband (or γαμετή wife) < γαμεῖν to marry (see ‑gam comb. form) + ‑της (or ‑τή), suffix forming agent nouns.

Biology.

Each of the two reproductive cells, typically haploid and distinguishable into male and female types, which fuse to form a zygote in sexual reproduction; a fully mature germ cell; an egg cell or sperm cell.

(Online Etymology) gamete (n.) "sexual protoplasmic body," 1880, coined 1878 by German cytologist Eduard Strasburger (1844-1912), the widespread attribution of the word's coinage to Mendel being apparently erroneous. From Greek gamete "a wife," gametes "a husband," from gamein "to take to wife, to marry," from PIE root *gem(e)- "to marry" (source also of Greek gambros "son-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law;" Sanskrit jamih "brother, sister," jama daughter-in-law;" Avestan zama-tar "son-in-law;" Latin gener "son-in-law"). See also -gamy. The seventh month of the ancient Attic calendar (corresponding to late January and early February) was Gamelion, "Month of Marriages." Related: Gametal.

gamete - கலைச்சொற்கள்

gametangium - பாலணுப்பை; gametic transformation - பால்செல் உருமாற்றம்; gametogenesis - பாலினச்செல் தோற்றம்; recombinant (crossover) gametes - மறுசேர்க்கைப் பாலணுக்கள்; noncrossover (parental) gametes - பிணையற்ற இன உயிரணுக்கள்; gametoclonal variation - பாலணுநகல் வேறுபாடு; gametophyte - பாலணுத்தாவரம்; macrogamete - பெரு பால் உயிரணு; microgamete - குறு பால்உயிரணு

macro gamete - பெரிய இனச்செல் (பாலணு); male gamete - ஆண் பாலணு; female gamete - பெண் பாலணு

கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 11

 

HOMOGAMY 

(OED) homogamy 

Botany.

Homogamous condition; fertilization of a flower by its own pollen or by that of another flower on the same plant (cf. homogamous adj. b); (b) Evolution preferential breeding between individuals similar in some characteristic; inbreeding.

(Online Etymology) homogamy (n.) 1805, "condition of bearing flowers that do not differ sexually," from homo- (1) "same" + -gamy.

 

HYPOGAMY

(OED) hypogamy

etymology: < hypo- prefix + ‑gamy comb. form.

Cultural Anthropology.

The marriage of a woman into a lower caste or into a tribe of lower standing than her own. Cf. hypergamy n.

(Online Etymology) hypogamy (n.) "marriage of a woman into a lower class, caste, or tribe," 1940, an anthropologist's word first used in an Indian context, from hypo- "under, beneath" + -gamy "marriage." Related: Hypogamous.

 

 

MISOGAMY 

(Chambers) misogamy n. hatred of marriage. 1656, in Blount's Glossographia; borrowed from New Latin misogamia, formed from Greek mîsos hatred (of unknown origin) + gámos marriage (see bigamy); for suffix see -gamy and -y³.

(American Heritage) mi・sog・a・my n. Hatred of marriage.

(OED) misogamy 

Variant forms

1600s misogamie, 1800s– misogamy

Etymon: Latin misogamia.

post-classical Latin misogamia (1612 or earlier) < Byzantine Greek μισόγαμος hating marriage (Stephanus; < ancient Greek μισο- miso- comb. form + γάμος marriage: see ‑gamy comb. form) + post-classical Latin ‑ia ‑y suffix3. Compare French misogame, adjective (1582 in Middle French), misogamie, noun (1818), German Misogamie.

Hatred of or opposition to marriage.

(Online Etymology) misogamy (n.) "hatred of marriage," 1650s, from Modern Latin misogamia, abstract noun from Greek  misogamos "hating marriage;" see miso- + -gamy.

 

 

MONOGAMY

(Skeat) monogamy, marriage to one wife only. (L., —Gk.) Spelt monogamie in Minsheu, ed. 1627. Used by Bp. Hall, Honour of the Maried Clergie, sect. 19, in speaking of a book by Tertullian. -Lat. monogamia, monogamy, on which Tertullian wrote a treatise. = Gk, povoyapia, monogamy; μονόγαμος, adj., marrying but once. = Gk. μόνο-, crude form of μόνος, alone, sole; and γαμεῖν, to marry, γάμος, marriage. See mono- and bigamy. Der. monogam-ist, Goldsmith, Vicar of Wakefield, ch. xiv.

(Chambers) monogamy n. condition of being married to only one person at a time. 1612, borrowed from French monogamie, learned borrowing from Late Latin monogamia, from Greek monogamía, from monógamos marrying only once (mono- single, one + gámos marriage; see bigamy); for suffix see -gamy. -monogamous adj. practicing monogamy. 1770, borrowed from Late Latin monogamus, from Greek monógamos; for suffix see -ous.

(American Heritage) monogamy n. 1. The practice or condition of being married to only one person at a time. 2. The practice of marrying only once in a lifetime. 3. Zoology. The condition of having only one mate. —monogùamist n. —monogùamous adj. —monogùamously adv.

(OED) monogamy

Variant forms: 1600s monogamie, 1700s– monogamy

Etymon: French monogamie.

Middle FrenchFrench monogamie condition of being married to only one person at a time (1526; 1845 in sense ‘practice of marrying only once’) < post-classical Latin monogamia the practice of marrying only once (3rd cent.) < Hellenistic Greek μονογαμία the practice of marrying only once < μονόγαμος (see monogamous adj.) + ‑ία ‑y suffix3. Compare Italian monogamia (14th cent.; 1598 in Florio glossed ‘a marrying of one wife and no more all their lifetime’), Spanish monogamia (late 19th cent.), Portuguese monogamia. Compare digamy n., and earlier bigamy n.polygamy n.

  1. † The practice or principle of marrying only once, i.e. of not remarrying after the death of a first spouse. Opposed to digamyObsolete.
  2. The condition, rule, or custom of being married to only one person at a time (opposed to polygamyor bigamy). Now, also (in extended use): the practice or principle of remaining faithful to one person during the course of a sexual relationship other than marriage.
  3. Zoology. The habit of animals, esp. certain birds and primates, of living in pairs, or of having only one mate.

(Online Etymology) monogamy (n.) 1610s, "practice of marrying only once in a lifetime," from French monogamie, from Late Latin  monogamia, from Greek monogamia "single marriage," from monogamos "marrying only once," from monos "single, alone" (from PIE root *men- (4) "small, isolated") + gamos  "marriage" (see gamete). As "condition of being married to only one person at a time," by 1708.

monogamy - கலைச்சொற்கள்

serial monogamy - வரிசைமுறை ஒரு தாரப்பழக்கம்.

 கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 11

 

 

NEOGAMIST 

(OED) neogamist 

Etymons: Greek νεόγαμος‑ist suffix.

ancient Greek νεόγαμος newly-married (see neogam n.) + ‑ist suffix.

Obsoleterare. Apparently only attested in dictionaries or glossaries.

A bridegroom; a newly-married person.

(Online Etymology) neogamist (n.) "one recently married," 1650s; see neo- "new" + -gamy "marriage."

 

OPSIGAMY 

(OED) opsigamy 

Etymon: Greek ὀψιγαμία.

Hellenistic Greek ὀψιγαμία marriage late in life < ὀψίγαμος late-married (< ancient Greek ὀψι-ὀψέ late (see opsimathy n.) + γάμος marriage: see ‑gamy comb. form) + ‑ία ‑y suffix3.

rare.

Marriage late in life.

(Online Etymology) opsigamy (n.) "marriage late in life," 1824, from Greek opse "late" (related to opiso "backward," opisthen  "behind," from opi, a variant of epi "on it, at it;" see epi-) + -gamy "marriage."

 

PANTAGAMY 

(OED) pantagamy 

Etymons: English panta-panto- comb. form‑gamy comb. form.

panta-, variant of panto- comb. form + ‑gamy comb. form.

U.S. Now historical.

A communal system of marriage in which all the men and women of a household or community are regarded as married to each other, formerly practised by the Perfectionist community at Oneida, New York State (1848–79).

(Online Etymology) pantagamy (n.) "communistic group marriage," in which every man in the group is regarded as equally the husband of every woman in it and vice versa; especially as practiced at in mid-19c. Perfectionist communes such as that of Oneida, New York; 1852, from Greek pantos "all" (see pan-)  + -gamy  "marriage." A malformation, it would properly be *pantogamy; as pant- was the short form of the Greek word before a vowel, and Greek agamy was "celibacy," the modern word would literally mean "celibacy of all."

 

POLYGAMY

(Skeat) polygamy, marriage with more than one wife. (F., —L., — Gk.) Polygamie in Minsheu, ed. 1627.—F. polygamie, ‘poligamy, the having of many wives;’ Cot.—Lat. polygamia. Gk. πολυγαμία, a marrying of many wives. Gk. πολυ-, much, many; and -γαμία, a marrying, from γάμος, marriage. See poly- and bigamy. Der. Polygamy-ous polygam-ist.

(Chambers) polygamy n. practice of having more than one spouse at the same time. Before 1591, borrowed perhaps through Middle French polygamie, and directly from Late Greek polygamia polygamy, from polý. gamos often married (poly- many + gámos marriage; see bigamy); for suffix see -y³. -polygamous adj. 1613, in Purchas his Pilgrimage, from Late Greek polygamos often married; for suffix see -ous.

(Onions) (Poly-) poly·gamy3 marriage with several at once (xvi). - F. polygamie (Calvin)- ecclGr. polugamiā (g āmos marriage);

(American Heritage) polygamy n. 1. The condition or practice of having more than one spouse at one time. Also called plural marriage 2. Zoology. A mating pattern in which a single individual mates with more than one individual of the opposite sex. [French polygamie, from Late Latin polygamia, from Greek polugamia: polu- , poly- + -gamia, -gamy.]

(OED) polygamy

Variant forms: 1500s–1600s poligamie, 1500s–1700s poligamy, polygamie, 1500s– polygamy

1.a. The practice or custom of having more than one spouse at the same time. Contrasted with monogamy.

1.b. In extended use.

  1. Zoology. The fact or state of an animal's having more than one mate of the opposite sex; spec.polygynyn. 2.
  2. Botany†The condition of having several or many florets in an inflorescence, as in a plant of the family Asteraceae (Compositae) (obsolete); the condition of being polygamous. Now rare.

(Online Etymology) polygamy (n.) "marriage with more than one spouse," 1590s, from Late Latin polygamia, from Late Greek  polygamia "polygamy," from polygamos "often married," from polys "many" (see poly-) + gamos "marriage" (see gamete). The word is not etymologically restricted to marriage of one man and multiple women (technically polygyny), but often used as if it were. Related:  Polygamist; polygamize.

polygamy - கலைச்சொற்கள்

sororal polygamy - சகோதரி மனைவியர் மணம்; serial polygamy - பலபால் வரிசை.

 கலைச்சொல் பேரகராதி, தொகுதி 14

 

 

XENOGAMY 

(American Heritage) xe·nog·a·my n. pl. xe·nog·a·mies. Botany. Transfer of pollen from one plant to another; cross-pollination.

(OED) xenogamy 

etymology: <xeno- comb. form + ‑gamy comb. form Greek γάμος marriage.

Botany.

Fertilization by pollen from another plant of the same species; cross-fertilization.

(Online Etymology) xenogamy (n.) "fertilization by pollen from a different plant," 1877, from xeno- "strange, foreign" + -gamy  "fertilization." Related: Xenogamous.